summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf/doc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2006-01-03 00:03:50 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2006-01-03 00:03:50 +0000
commita54be3d3f72265f94f785451e1d82899ed72fe8d (patch)
treedc9d29072556231decd80ec42d021ddcaeac201f /Master/texmf/doc
parent7e924614f6441d2a9d56cfa7a5ce7c37db56c3f2 (diff)
trunk/Master/texmf/doc/latex
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@62 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf/doc')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html6090
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdfbin0 -> 460963 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html6090
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdfbin0 -> 461229 bytes
4 files changed, 12180 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2b69c317200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.html
@@ -0,0 +1,6090 @@
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<title>Untitled</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html">
+<meta name="description" content="Untitled">
+<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7">
+<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top">
+<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage">
+<!--
+This file documents LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. LaTeX2e is a
+macro package for TeX.
+
+This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, and is for the Texinfo
+that is distributed as part of Version 19 of GNU Emacs. It uses version
+2.134 or later of the texinfo.tex input file.
+
+This is translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The
+pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam
+Houston State University.
+
+The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore <stg@dcs.ed.ac.uk>.
+
+The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen
+<bullestock@dk-online.dk>.
+
+Copyright 1988,1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1994-1996 Torsten Martinsen.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that the sections entitled ``Distribution'' and ``General Public
+License'' may be included in a translation approved by the author instead
+of in the original English.-->
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
+<style type="text/css"><!--
+ pre.display { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.format { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller }
+ span.sc { font-variant:small-caps }
+ span.roman { font-family: serif; font-weight: normal; }
+--></style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Top"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Overview">Overview</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#dir">(dir)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+ <p>LaTeX2e is a document preparation system implemented as a macro package
+for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program.
+
+ <p>LaTeX was originally conceived by Leslie Lamport.
+
+ <p>This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Overview">Overview</a>: What is LaTeX?
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Commands">Commands</a>: Commands within a LaTeX document.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>: The command line.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>: An alphabetical list of LaTeX commands.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>: An alphabetical list of concepts.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- ************** OVERVIEW **************** -->
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Overview"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Commands">Commands</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="chapter">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</h2>
+
+<p><a name="index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1"></a><a name="index-LaTeX-overview-2"></a>
+The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the
+LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it processes an input
+file containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that
+describe how the text should be formatted. It produces at least three
+files as output:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li>A &ldquo;Device Independent&rdquo;, or <span class="file">.dvi</span> file. This contains commands that
+can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices. You
+can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as <code>xdvi</code>,
+which actually uses the <span class="file">.dvi</span> file.
+<li>A &ldquo;transcript&rdquo; or <span class="file">.log</span> file that contains summary information and
+diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file.
+<li>An &ldquo;auxiliary&rdquo; or <span class="file">.aux</span> file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for
+things such as sectioning.
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult
+<cite>The TeXbook</cite> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN 0-201-13448-9, published
+jointly by the American Mathematical Society and Addison-Wesley
+Publishing Company.
+
+ <p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:
+
+ <p><cite>LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</cite>, by Leslie Lamport,
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.
+
+ <p><cite>The LaTeX Companion</cite>, by Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and
+Alexander Samarin, Addison-Wesley, 1994.
+
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- ************** COMMANDS **************** -->
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Commands"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Overview">Overview</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="chapter">2 Commands</h2>
+
+<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of a
+<code>\</code> followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single
+non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, <code>[]</code>, are
+optional while arguments contained in braces, <code>{}</code>, are required.
+
+ <p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case
+unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Counters">Counters</a>: Internal counters used by LaTeX.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>: Automatic referencing.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>: Define your own commands etc.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>: Some of the various classes available.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Environments">Environments</a>: Such as enumerate &amp; itemize.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>: How to produce footnotes.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Layout">Layout</a>: Controlling the page layout.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>: The length commands.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#Letters">Letters</a>: The letter class.
+<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>: How to insert pagebreaks etc.
+<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>: Paragraph commands.
+<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>: Putting remarks in the margin.
+<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>: How to create mathematical formulae.
+<li><a href="#Modes">Modes</a>: Paragraph, Math or LR modes.
+<li><a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>: Various styles of page layout.
+<li><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>: How to section properly.
+<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>: All the associated commands.
+<li><a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>: Special reserved characters.
+<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>: Dealing with big files by splitting.
+<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a>: The formal start &amp; end layouts.
+<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>: How to create a table of contents.
+<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>: User interaction.
+<li><a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>: Such as bold, italics etc.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************************************** -->
+<!-- **** Command's LEVEL2 Starts Here. **** -->
+<!-- *************************************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Counters ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Counters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.1 Counters</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3"></a><a name="index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4"></a>
+Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The
+name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or
+command that produces the number, except with no <code>\</code>. (enumi -
+enumiv are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list
+of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control
+numbering.
+
+<pre class="example"> part paragraph figure enumi
+ chapter subparagraph table enumii
+ section page footnote enumiii
+ subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
+ subsubsection
+</pre>
+ <ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>: Add a quantity to a counter.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>: Print value of a counter using letters.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>: Print value of a counter using numerals.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>: Print value of a counter using symbols.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>: Define a new counter.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>: Print value of a counter using roman numerals.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>: Set the value of a counter.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
+<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>: Use a specified counter in a list environment.
+<li><a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>: Use the value of a counter in an expression.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- ** \addtocounter ** -->
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddtocounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.1 \addtocounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddtocounter-5"></a>
+<code>\addtocounter{counter}{value}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command increments the <code>counter</code> by the
+amount specified by the <code>value</code> argument. The <code>value</code>
+argument can be negative.
+
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- ** \alph *** -->
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005calph"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.2 \alph</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005calph-6"></a><a name="index-_005cAlph-7"></a>
+<code>\alph{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in
+alphabetic characters. The <code>\alph</code> command uses lower case
+alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <code>a, b, c...</code> while the
+<code>\Alph</code> command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e.,
+<code>A, B, C...</code>.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** \arabic *** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005carabic"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.3 \arabic</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005carabic-8"></a>
+<code>\arabic{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\arabic</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be
+printed in Arabic numbers, i.e., <code>3</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \fnsymbol ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfnsymbol"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfnsymbol-9"></a>
+<code>\fnsymbol{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\fnsymbol</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to
+be printed in a specific sequence of nine symbols that can be used for
+numbering footnotes.
+
+ <p>NB. <code>counter</code> must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \newcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.5 \newcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewcounter-10"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-creating-11"></a>
+<code>\newcounter{foo}[counter]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\newcounter</code> command defines a new counter named <code>foo</code>.
+The counter is initialized to zero.
+
+ <p>The optional argument <code>[counter]</code> causes the counter <code>foo</code> to
+be reset whenever the counter named in the optional argument is
+incremented.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \refstepcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005crefstepcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005crefstepcounter-12"></a>
+<code>\refstepcounter{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works like <code>\stepcounter</code>
+See <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, except it also defines the current <code>\ref</code>
+value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>.
+
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- ** \roman ** -->
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005croman"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.7 \roman</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005croman-13"></a><a name="index-_005cRoman-14"></a>
+<code>\roman{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in
+Roman numerals. The <code>\roman</code> command uses lower case Roman
+numerals, i.e., <code>i, ii, iii...</code>, while the <code>\Roman</code> command
+uses upper case Roman numerals, i.e., <code>I, II, III...</code>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \stepcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cstepcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.8 \stepcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cstepcounter-15"></a>
+<code>\stepcounter{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command adds one to the <code>counter</code> and
+resets all subsidiary counters.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \setcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csetcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.9 \setcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csetcounter-16"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-setting-17"></a>
+<code>\setcounter{counter}{value}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\setcounter</code> command sets the value of the <code>counter</code> to
+that specified by the <code>value</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \usecounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cusecounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.10 \usecounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cusecounter-18"></a>
+<code>\usecounter{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\usecounter</code> command is used in the second argument of the
+<code>list</code> environment to allow the counter specified to be used to
+number the list items.
+
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- ** \value ** -->
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvalue"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.11 \value</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvalue-19"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20"></a>
+<code>\value{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\value</code> command produces the value of the <code>counter</code> named
+in the mandatory argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an
+integer or number, such as the second argument of a <code>\setcounter</code>
+or <code>\addtocounter</code> command, or in:
+
+<pre class="example"> \hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
+</pre>
+ <p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Cross References *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Cross-References"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.2 Cross References</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Cross-referencing-21"></a>
+One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer
+the reader to them, as in &ldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&rdquo;
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>: Refer to a page number.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>: Refer to a section, figure or similar.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \label ************* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clabel"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.2.1 \label</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clabel-22"></a>
+<code>\label{key}</code>
+
+ <p>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the
+<code>key</code> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing
+inside a numbered environment assigns that number to the <code>key</code>.
+
+ <p>A <code>key</code> can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or
+punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are different.
+
+ <p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is
+common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a
+colon. The prefixes conventionally used are
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>cha</code>
+for chapters
+<li><code>sec</code>
+for lower-level sectioning commands
+<li><code>fig</code>
+for figures
+<li><code>tab</code>
+for tables
+<li><code>eq</code>
+for equations
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:bandersnatch</code>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \pageref *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpageref"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.2.2 \pageref</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpageref-23"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24"></a>
+<code>\pageref{key}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\pageref</code> command produces the page number of the place in the
+text where the corresponding <code>\label</code> command appears. ie. where
+<code>\label{key}</code> appears.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \ref *************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cref"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.2.3 \ref</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cref-25"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26"></a>
+<code>\ref{key}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit,
+equation number, ... of the corresponding <code>\label</code> command.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Definitions ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Definitions"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.3 Definitions</h3>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>: Define a new command.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>: Define a new environment.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>: Define a new theorem-like environment.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>: Define a new font name.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newcommand ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewcommand"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.1 \newcommand</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewcommand-27"></a><a name="index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28"></a><a name="index-Defining-a-new-command-29"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+ \newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+ \renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+ \renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+</pre>
+ <p>These commands define (or redefine) a command.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>cmd</code><dd>A command name beginning with a <code>\</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code> it
+must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>; for
+<code>\renewcommand</code> it must already be defined.
+
+ <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the command
+being defined. The default is for the command to have no arguments.
+
+ <br><dt><code>def</code><dd>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's first
+argument is optional. The default value of the optional argument is
+<code>def</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>definition</code><dd>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a
+parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of
+the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
+
+ </dl>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newenvironment **** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewenvironment"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.2 \newenvironment</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewenvironment-30"></a><a name="index-Environments_002c-defining-31"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-environments-32"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+ \newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
+ \renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+</pre>
+ <p>These commands define or redefine an environment.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>nam</code><dd>The name of the environment. For <code>\newenvironment</code> there must be
+no currently defined environment by that name, and the command
+<code>\nam</code> must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code> the
+environment must already be defined.
+
+ <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of
+the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments.
+
+ <br><dt><code>default</code><dd>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <code>default</code>
+gives the default value for that argument.
+
+ <br><dt><code>begdef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\begin{nam}</code>; a
+parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of
+the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
+
+ <br><dt><code>enddef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\end{nam}</code>. It may
+not contain any argument parameters.
+
+ </dl>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newtheorem ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewtheorem"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.3 \newtheorem</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewtheorem-33"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-defining-34"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-theorems-35"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
+ \newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}
+</pre>
+ <p>This command defines a theorem-like environment.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>env_name</code><dd>The name of the environment to be defined. A string of letters. It must
+not be the name of an existing environment or counter.
+
+ <br><dt><code>caption</code><dd>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, right before the
+number. This may simply say &ldquo;Theorem&rdquo;, for example.
+
+ <br><dt><code>within</code><dd>The name of an already defined counter, usually of a sectional unit.
+Provides a means of resetting the new theorem counter <strong>within</strong>
+the sectional unit.
+
+ <br><dt><code>numbered_like</code><dd>The name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
+
+ </dl>
+
+ <p>The <code>\newtheorem</code> command may have at most one optional argument.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newfont *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewfont"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.4 \newfont</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewfont-36"></a><a name="index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-fonts-38"></a>
+<code>\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</code>
+
+ <p>Defines the command name <code>cmd</code>, which must not be currently
+defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named
+<code>font_name</code> to be the current font.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Document Classes **** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Document-Classes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Environments">Environments</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.4 Document Classes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Document-Classes-39"></a><a name="index-Classes-of-document-40"></a><a name="index-article-class-41"></a><a name="index-report-class-42"></a><a name="index-book-class-43"></a><a name="index-letter-class-44"></a><a name="index-_005cdocumentclass-45"></a>
+Valid LaTeX document classes include:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>article
+<li>report
+<li>letter
+<li>book
+<li>slides
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Other document classes are often available. See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details.
+They are selected with the following command:
+
+ <p><code>\documentclass [options] {class}</code>
+
+ <p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following options
+for selecting the typeface size (10 pt is default):
+
+ <p>10pt, 11pt, 12pt
+
+ <p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default
+is letter):
+
+ <p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
+
+ <p>Miscellaneous options:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>landscape &mdash; selects landscape format. Default is portrait.
+<li>titlepage, notitlepage &mdash; selects if there should be a separate title
+page.
+<li>leqno &mdash; equation number on left side of equations. Default is right side.
+<li>fleqn &mdash; displayed formulas flush left. Default is centred.
+<li>openbib &mdash; use &ldquo;open&rdquo; bibliography format.
+<li>draft, final &mdash; mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule.
+Default is final.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>These options are not available with the slides class:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>oneside, twoside &mdash; selects one- or twosided layout. Default is
+oneside, except for the book class.
+<li>openright, openany &mdash; determines if a chapter should start on a
+right-hand page. Default is openright for book.
+<li>onecolumn, twocolumn &mdash; one or two columns. Defaults to one column.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The slides class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at
+the bottom of each note.
+
+ <p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a comma.
+
+ <p>Additional packages are loaded by a
+
+ <p><code>\usepackage[options]{pkg}</code>
+<a name="index-_005cusepackage-46"></a>
+command. If you specify more than one package, they must be separated by
+a comma.
+<a name="index-Packages_002c-loading-47"></a><a name="index-Loading-additional-packages-48"></a>
+Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
+by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
+<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<a name="index-Global-options-49"></a><a name="index-Options_002c-global-50"></a>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Layout"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<p><a name="index-Layout-commands-51"></a>
+
+<h3 class="section">2.5 Layout</h3>
+
+<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>: Make all text pages the same height.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>: Use one-column layout.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>: Allow text pages of differing height.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>: Use two-column layout.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \flushbottom ******* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cflushbottom"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.1 \flushbottom</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cflushbottom-52"></a>
+The <code>\flushbottom</code> declaration makes all text pages the same
+height, adding extra vertical space when necessary to fill out the page.
+
+ <p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \onecolumn ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005conecolumn"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.2 \onecolumn</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005conecolumn-53"></a>
+The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces
+single-column output.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \raggedbottom ****** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craggedbottom"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craggedbottom-54"></a>
+The <code>\raggedbottom</code> declaration makes all pages the height of the
+text on that page. No extra vertical space is added.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \twocolumn ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctwocolumn"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.4 \twocolumn</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctwocolumn-55"></a><a name="index-Multicolumn-text-56"></a>
+<code>\twocolumn[text]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces
+two-column output. If the optional <code>text</code> argument is present, it
+is typeset in one-column mode.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Environments ******* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Environments"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.6 Environments</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Environments-57"></a><a name="index-_005cbegin-58"></a><a name="index-_005cend-59"></a>
+LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making environments.
+Each environment begins and ends in the same manner.
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{environment-name}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{environment-name}
+</pre>
+ <ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#array">array</a>: Math arrays.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#center">center</a>: Centred lines.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#description">description</a>: Labelled lists.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>: Numbered lists.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>: Sequences of aligned equations.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#equation">equation</a>: Displayed equation.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#figure">figure</a>: Floating figures.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>: Flushed left lines.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#flushright">flushright</a>: Flushed right lines.
+<li><a href="#itemize">itemize</a>: Bulleted lists.
+<li><a href="#letter">letter</a>: Letters.
+<li><a href="#list">list</a>: Generic list environment.
+<li><a href="#minipage">minipage</a>: Miniature page.
+<li><a href="#picture">picture</a>: Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles.
+<li><a href="#quotation">quotation</a>: Indented environment with paragraph indentation.
+<li><a href="#quote">quote</a>: Indented environment with no paragraph indentation.
+<li><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>: Align text arbitrarily.
+<li><a href="#table">table</a>: Floating tables.
+<li><a href="#tabular">tabular</a>: Align text in columns.
+<li><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>: Bibliography or reference list.
+<li><a href="#theorem">theorem</a>: Theorems, lemmas, etc.
+<li><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>: For hand crafted title pages.
+<li><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>: Simulating typed input.
+<li><a href="#verse">verse</a>: For poetry and other things.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** array ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="array"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#center">center</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.1 array</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Arrays_002c-math-60"></a><a name="index-array-61"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
+ column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{array}
+</pre>
+ <p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a single
+mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the alignment
+within them. Each column, <code>coln</code>, is specified by a single letter
+that tells how items in that row should be formatted.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>c</code> &mdash; for centred
+<li><code>l</code> &mdash; for flush left
+<li><code>r</code> &mdash; for flush right
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Column entries must be separated by an <code>&amp;</code>. Column entries may
+include other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated
+with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+ <p>Note that the <code>array</code> environment can only be used in math mode, so
+normally it is used inside an <code>equation</code> environment.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** center ************* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="center"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#description">description</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#array">array</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.2 center</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-center-62"></a><a name="index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{center}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{center}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>center</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of
+lines that are centred within the left and right margins on the current
+page. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a>: The declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \centering *** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccentering"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#center">center</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.2.1 \centering</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccentering-64"></a><a name="index-Centering-text-65"></a><a name="index-Formatting-Text-66"></a>
+This declaration corresponds to the <code>center</code> environment. This
+declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in
+a <code>parbox</code>. The text of a figure or table can be centred on the
+page by putting a <code>\centering</code> command at the beginning of the
+figure or table environment.
+
+ <p>Unlike the <code>center</code> environment, the <code>\centering</code> command does
+not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an
+environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** description ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="description"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#center">center</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.3 description</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-description-67"></a><a name="index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{description}
+ \item [label] First item
+ \item [label] Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{description}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>description</code> environment is used to make labelled lists. The
+<code>label</code> is bold face and flushed right.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** enumerate ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="enumerate"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#description">description</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.4 enumerate</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-enumerate-69"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{enumerate}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations
+can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also
+be nested within other paragraph-making environments.
+
+ <p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code>\item</code> command.
+There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment.
+
+ <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the <code>enumi</code> through
+<code>enumiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be
+changed by redefining <code>\theenumi</code> etc.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** eqnarray *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="eqnarray"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#equation">equation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.5 eqnarray</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-eqnarray-71"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-aligning-72"></a><a name="index-Aligning-Equations-73"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{eqnarray}
+ math formula 1 \\
+ math formula 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{eqnarray}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is used to display a sequence of
+equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column
+<code>array</code> environment, with consecutive rows separated by <code>\\</code>
+and consecutive items within a row separated by an <code>&amp;</code>.
+
+ <p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a
+<code>\nonumber</code> command.
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005clefteqn-74"></a>
+The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
+lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
+zero width.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** equation *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="equation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#figure">figure</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.6 equation</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-equation-75"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{equation}
+ math formula
+ \end{equation}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>equation</code> environment centres your equation on the page and places
+the equation number in the right margin.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** figure ************* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="figure"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#equation">equation</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.7 figure</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-figure-78"></a><a name="index-Inserting-figures-79"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{figure}[placement]
+
+ body of the figure
+
+ \caption{figure title}
+ \end{figure}
+</pre>
+ <p><a name="index-_005ccaption-80"></a>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+usually &ldquo;floated&rdquo; to a convenient place, like the top of a page.
+Figures will not be split between two pages.
+
+ <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try
+to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly
+put a float:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li><code>h</code> (Here) - at the position in the text where the figure
+environment appears.
+<li><code>t</code> (Top) - at the top of a text page.
+<li><code>b</code> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text page.
+<li><code>p</code> (Page of floats) - on a separate float page, which is a page
+containing no text, only floats.
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>The standard report and article classes use the default placement
+<code>tbp</code>.
+
+ <p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc.
+you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your figure.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** flushleft ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="flushleft"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushright">flushright</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#figure">figure</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.8 flushleft</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-flushleft-81"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{flushleft}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{flushleft}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph
+consisting of lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand margin.
+Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- * \raggedright ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craggedright"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craggedright-84"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text-85"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text-86"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87"></a>
+This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushleft</code> environment. This
+declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in
+a <code>parbox</code>.
+
+ <p>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code> command
+does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
+paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an
+environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** flushright ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="flushright"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#itemize">itemize</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.9 flushright</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-flushright-88"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{flushright}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{flushright}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph
+consisting of lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand margin.
+Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- * \raggedleft *** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craggedleft"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushright">flushright</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craggedleft-91"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text-92"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text-94"></a>
+This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushright</code> environment. This
+declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in
+a <code>parbox</code>.
+
+ <p>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code> command
+does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
+paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an
+environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** itemize ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="itemize"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#letter">letter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushright">flushright</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.10 itemize</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-itemize-95"></a><a name="index-_005citem-96"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items-97"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{itemize}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{itemize}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces a &ldquo;bulleted&rdquo; list. Itemizations
+can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also
+be nested within other paragraph-making environments.
+
+ <p>Each item of an <code>itemized</code> list begins with an <code>\item</code> command.
+There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment.
+
+ <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the <code>itemi</code> through
+<code>itemiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be
+changed by redefining <code>\theitemi</code> etc.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** letter ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="letter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#list">list</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#itemize">itemize</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.11 letter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-letter-98"></a>
+This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** list *************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="list"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#minipage">minipage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#letter">letter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.12 list</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-list-99"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100"></a>
+The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for
+defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in
+documents, but often in macros.
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{list}{label}{spacing}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{list}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>{label}</code> argument specifies how items should be labelled.
+This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the
+label. This argument can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands.
+
+ <p>The <code>{spacing}</code> argument contains commands to change the spacing
+parameters for the list. This argument will most often be null, i.e.,
+<code>{}</code>. This will select all default spacing which should suffice
+for most cases.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** minipage *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="minipage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#picture">picture</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#list">list</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.13 minipage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-minipage-101"></a><a name="index-Footnotes-in-figures-102"></a><a name="index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103"></a><a name="index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{minipage}[position]{width}
+ text
+ \end{minipage}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>minipage</code> environment is similar to a <code>\parbox</code> command.
+It takes the same optional <code>position</code> argument and mandatory
+<code>width</code> argument. You may use other paragraph-making environments
+inside a minipage.
+
+ <p>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
+particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
+<code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
+the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it
+uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary
+<code>footnote</code> counter See <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>.
+
+ <p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes;
+they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** picture ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="picture"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quotation">quotation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#minipage">minipage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.14 picture</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-picture-105"></a><a name="index-Creating-pictures-106"></a><a name="index-Pictures_002c-creating-107"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
+ .
+ .
+ picture commands
+ .
+ .
+ \end{picture}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any kind
+of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You
+tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their
+coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and
+a minus sign &mdash; a number like <code>5</code>, <code>2.3</code> or <code>-3.1416</code>. A
+coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length
+<code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>,
+then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimetres. You
+can change the value of <code>\unitlength</code> anywhere you want, using the
+<code>\setlength</code> command, but strange things will happen if you try
+changing it inside the picture environment.
+
+ <p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying
+the point with x-coordinate <code>2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code>-5</code>.
+Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin,
+which is normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that
+when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces;
+the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.
+
+ <p>The <code>picture</code> environment has one mandatory argument, which is a
+<code>position</code>. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment
+produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this
+argument's x- and y-coordinates.
+
+ <p>The <code>picture</code> environment also has an optional <code>position</code>
+argument, following the <code>size</code> argument, that can change the
+origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not
+contained in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the
+coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture
+(thereby determining the origin). For example, if <code>\unitlength</code>
+has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command
+<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+</pre>
+ <p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200
+millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose
+upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first
+draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the origin
+at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by
+shifting everything, you just add the appropriate optional argument.
+
+ <p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the
+picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is;
+LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even
+off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining
+how much room to leave for it.
+
+ <p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the <code>\put</code>
+command. The command
+<pre class="example"> \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+</pre>
+ <p>puts the object specified by <code>...</code> in the picture, with its
+reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for
+various objects will be described below.
+
+ <p>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything
+in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command that you'd put into the
+argument of an <code>\mbox</code> and related commands. When you do this, the
+reference point will be the lower left corner of the box.
+
+ <p>Picture commands:
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>: Draw a circle.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>: Draw a dashed box.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>: Draw a frame around an object.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box with a frame around it.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cline">\line</a>: Draw a straight line.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>: Set the line thickness.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box of the specified size.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>: Draw multiple instances of an object.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>: Draw an ellipse.
+<li><a href="#_005cput">\put</a>: Place an object at a specified place.
+<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>: Make a pile of objects.
+<li><a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>: Draw a line with an arrow.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \circle ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccircle"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.1 \circle</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccircle-108"></a>
+<code>\circle[*]{diameter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\circle</code> command produces a circle with a diameter as close to
+the specified one as possible. If the <code>*</code>-form of the command is
+used, LaTeX draws a solid circle.
+
+ <p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \dashbox **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cdashbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cdashbox-109"></a>
+Draws a box with a dashed line.
+
+ <p><code>\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\dashbox</code> has an extra argument which specifies the width of
+each dash. A dashed box looks best when the <code>width</code> and
+<code>height</code> are multiples of the <code>dash_length</code>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \frame ****** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cframe"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.3 \frame</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cframe-110"></a>
+<code>\frame{...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\frame</code> command puts a rectangular frame around the object
+specified in the argument. The reference point is the bottom left
+corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the
+object.
+
+<!-- ************************** -->
+<!-- *** \framebox (picture) ** -->
+<!-- ************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cline">\line</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.4 \framebox</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-111"></a>
+<code>\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code>
+command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+it creates.
+
+ <p>The <code>framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness
+<code>\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule
+and the contents of the box.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \line ******* -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.5 \line</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cline-112"></a>
+<code>\line(x slope,y slope){length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\line</code> command draws a line of the specified <code>length</code> and
+<code>slope</code>.
+
+ <p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x and y
+have integer values from -6 through 6.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \linethickness * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clinethickness"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cline">\line</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clinethickness-113"></a>
+<code>\linethickness{dimension}</code>
+
+ <p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture
+environment to be <code>dimension</code>, which must be a positive length. It
+does not affect the thickness of slanted lines and circles, or the
+quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code> to form the corners of an oval.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** \makebox (picture) ** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.7 \makebox</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"></a>
+<code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command for the picture environment is similar to
+the normal <code>\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a
+<code>width</code> and <code>height</code> in multiples of <code>\unitlength</code>.
+
+ <p>The optional argument, <code>[position]</code>, specifies the quadrant that
+your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle
+<li><code>b</code> - Moves the item to the bottom
+<li><code>l</code> - Moves the item to the left
+<li><code>r</code> - Moves the item to the right
+</ul>
+
+ <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \multiput *** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmultiput"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.8 \multiput</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmultiput-115"></a>
+<code>\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\multiput</code> command can be used when you are putting the same
+object in a regular pattern across a picture.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \oval ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005coval"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cput">\put</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.9 \oval</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005coval-116"></a>
+<code>\oval(width,height)[portion]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\oval</code> command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The
+optional argument, <code>[portion]</code>, allows you to select part of the
+oval.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> - Selects the top portion
+<li><code>b</code> - Selects the bottom portion
+<li><code>r</code> - Selects the right portion
+<li><code>l</code> - Selects the left portion
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Note that the &ldquo;corners&rdquo; of the oval are made with quarter circles with
+a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large &ldquo;ovals&rdquo; will look more like boxes
+with rounded corners.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \put ******** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cput"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.10 \put</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cput-117"></a>
+<code>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\put</code> command places the item specified by the mandatory
+argument at the given coordinates.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \shortstack * -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cshortstack"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cput">\put</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cshortstack-118"></a>
+<code>\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\shortstack</code> command produces a stack of objects. The valid
+positions are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>r</code> - Moves the objects to the right of the stack
+<li><code>l</code> - Moves the objects to the left of the stack
+<li><code>c</code> - Moves the objects to the centre of the stack (default)
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \vector ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvector"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.12 \vector</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvector-119"></a>
+<code>\vector(x slope,y slope){length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\vector</code> command draws a line with an arrow of the specified
+length and slope. The <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> values must lie between -4
+and +4, inclusive.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** quotation ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="quotation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quote">quote</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#picture">picture</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.15 quotation</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-quotation-120"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{quotation}
+ text
+ \end{quotation}
+</pre>
+ <p>The margins of the <code>quotation</code> environment are indented on the left
+and the right. The text is justified at both margins and there is
+paragraph indentation. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new
+paragraph.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** quote ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="quote"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quotation">quotation</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.16 quote</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-quote-123"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-125"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{quote}
+ text
+ \end{quote}
+</pre>
+ <p>The margins of the <code>quote</code> environment are indented on the left and
+the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line
+between text produces a new paragraph.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** tabbing ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="tabbing"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#table">table</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quote">quote</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.17 tabbing</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-tabbing-126"></a><a name="index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing}
+ text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
+ second row \&gt; \&gt; more \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabbing}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>tabbing</code> environment provides a way to align text in columns.
+It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much the way you do
+with an ordinary typewriter.
+
+ <p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant
+and known in advance.
+
+ <p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the <code>tabular</code>
+environment.
+
+ <p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> enviroment:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\=</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003d-129"></a>
+Sets a tab stop at the current position.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\&gt;</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003e-130"></a>
+Advances to the next tab stop.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\&lt;</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003c-131"></a>
+This command allows you to put something to the left of the
+local margin without changing the margin.
+Can only be used at the start of the line.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\+</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002b-132"></a>
+Moves the left margin of the next and all the
+following commands one tab stop to the right.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\-</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"></a>
+Moves the left margin of the next and all the
+following commands one tab stop to the left.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\'</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"></a>
+Moves everything that you have typed so far in the
+current column, i.e. everything from the most recent <code>\&gt;</code>,
+<code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the right
+of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\`</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"></a>
+Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
+stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last column
+because there's no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the
+text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code>
+command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing
+environment. There must be no <code>\&gt;</code> or <code>\'</code> command between
+the <code>\`</code> and the command that ends the line.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\kill</code><dd><a name="index-_005ckill-136"></a>
+Sets tab stops without producing
+text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the
+current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any
+<code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
+effect.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\pushtabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpushtabs-137"></a>
+Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for
+temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a
+<code>tabbing</code> environment.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\poptabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpoptabs-138"></a>
+Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\a</code><dd><a name="index-_005ca-139"></a>
+In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
+<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands
+<code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code> are used.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format:
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing}
+ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+ \&gt; begin \= \+ \\
+ \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
+ fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+ else \+ \\
+ fact := 1; \-\- \\
+ end;\\
+ \end{tabbing}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** table ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="table"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabular">tabular</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.18 table</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-table-140"></a><a name="index-Tables_002c-creating-141"></a><a name="index-Creating-tables-142"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{table}[placement]
+
+ body of the table
+
+ \caption{table title}
+ \end{table}
+</pre>
+ <p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+usually &ldquo;floated&rdquo; to a convenient place, like the top of a page.
+Tables will not be split between two pages.
+
+ <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try
+to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put
+a float:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>h</code> : Here - at the position in the text where the table
+environment appears.
+<li><code>t</code> : Top - at the top of a text page.
+<li><code>b</code> : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page.
+<li><code>p</code> : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a page
+containing no text, only floats.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The standard <code>report</code> and <code>article</code> classes use the default
+placement <code>[tbp]</code>.
+
+ <p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc.,
+you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your table.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** tabular ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="tabular"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#table">table</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.19 tabular</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-tabular-143"></a><a name="index-Lines-in-tables-144"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
+ column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabular}
+</pre>
+ <p>or
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
+ column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabular*}
+</pre>
+ <p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of
+items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional
+arguments consist of:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>width</code><dd>Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. There must be
+rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified
+width.
+<br><dt><code>pos</code><dd>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of
+the environment.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> - align on top row
+<li><code>b</code> - align on bottom row
+</ul>
+
+ <br><dt><code>cols</code><dd>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the
+following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and
+intercolumn material.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>l</code> - A column of left-aligned items.
+<li><code>r</code> - A column of right-aligned items.
+<li><code>c</code> - A column of centred items.
+<li><code>|</code> - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
+<li><code>@{text}</code> - This inserts <code>text</code> in every row. An @-expression
+suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any
+desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be
+included in text. An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an
+@-expression causes an extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the
+left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
+<code>\extracolsep</code> command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this
+extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An
+<code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only in an @-expression in the
+<code>cols</code> argument.
+<li><code>p{wd}</code> - Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of
+width <code>wd</code>, as if it were the argument of a <code>\parbox[t]{wd}</code>
+command. However, a <code>\\</code> may not appear in the item, except in the
+following situations:
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li>inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>.
+<li>inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>.
+<li>in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code>
+declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an
+environment when used in a <code>p</code>-column element.
+ </ol>
+<li><code>*{num}{cols}</code> - Equivalent to <code>num</code> copies of
+<code>cols</code>, where <code>num</code> is any positive integer and <code>cols</code> is
+any list of column-specifiers, which may contain another
+<code>*-expression</code>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ </dl>
+
+ <p>These commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> environment:
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>: Make an item spanning several columns.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>: Draw a vertical line.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \cline **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.1 \cline</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccline-146"></a>
+<code>\cline{i-j}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\cline</code> command draws horizontal lines across the columns
+specified, beginning in column <code>i</code> and ending in column <code>j</code>,
+which are identified in the mandatory argument.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \hline **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.2 \hline</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chline-147"></a>
+The <code>\hline</code> command will draw a horizontal line the width of the
+table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and
+between the rows of the table.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \multicolumn * -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmulticolumn"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmulticolumn-148"></a>
+<code>\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\multicolumn</code> is used to make an entry that spans several
+columns. The first mandatory argument, <code>cols</code>, specifies the
+number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, <code>pos</code>,
+specifies the formatting of the entry; <code>c</code> for centred, <code>l</code>
+for flushleft, <code>r</code> for flushright. The third mandatory argument,
+<code>text</code>, specifies what text is to make up the entry.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \vline **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvline"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.4 \vline</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvline-149"></a>
+The <code>\vline</code> command will draw a vertical line extending the full
+height and depth of its row. An <code>\hfill</code> command can be used to
+move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an
+@-expression.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** thebibliography **** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="thebibliography"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#theorem">theorem</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabular">tabular</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.20 thebibliography</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-thebibliography-150"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
+ \bibitem[label]{cite_key}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{thebibliography}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>thebibliography</code> environment produces a bibliography or
+reference list. In the <code>article</code> class, this reference list is
+labelled &ldquo;References&rdquo;; in the <code>report</code> class, it is labelled
+&ldquo;Bibliography&rdquo;.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>widest-label</code>: Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide
+as the widest item label produces by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands.
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>: Specify a bibliography item.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>: Refer to a bibliography item.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>: Include an item in the bibliography.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>: Automatic generation of bibliographies.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \bibitem **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cbibitem"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cbibitem-152"></a>
+<code>\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <code>label</code>.
+If the <code>label</code> argument is missing, a number is generated as the
+<code>label</code>, using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <code>cite_key</code> is
+any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing
+a comma. This command writes an entry on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file
+containing <code>cite_key</code> and the item's <code>label</code>. When this
+<span class="file">.aux</span> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the
+item's <code>label</code> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing the
+reference to <code>cite_key</code> by a <code>\cite</code> command to produce the
+associated <code>label</code>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \cite ******* -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccite"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.2 \cite</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccite-153"></a>
+<code>\cite[text]{key_list}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>key_list</code> argument is a list of citation keys. This command
+generates an in-text citation to the references associated with the keys
+in <code>key_list</code> by entries on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file read by the
+<code>\begin{document}</code> command.
+
+ <p>The optional <code>text</code> argument will appear after the citation,
+i.e. <code>\cite[p. 2]{knuth}</code> might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \nocite ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnocite"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.3 \nocite</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnocite-154"></a>
+<code>\nocite{key_list}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <code>key_list</code>,
+which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- *** Using BibTeX ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Using-BibTeX"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-Using-BibTeX-155"></a><a name="index-BibTeX_002c-using-156"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliography-159"></a>
+If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if
+you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain
+your bibliography, you don't use the <code>thebibliography</code>
+environment. Instead, you include the lines
+
+<pre class="example"> \bibliographystyle{style}
+ \bibliography{bibfile}
+</pre>
+ <p>where <code>style</code> refers to a file <code>style.bst</code>, which defines how
+your citations will look. The standard styles distributed with BibTeX
+are:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>alpha</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of
+publication.
+<br><dt><code>plain</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.
+<br><dt><code>unsrt</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation.
+<br><dt><code>abbrv</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the
+demands of various publications.
+
+ <p>The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to the file
+<code>bibfile.bib</code>, which should contain your database in BibTeX
+format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <code>\nocite</code>
+will be listed in the bibliography.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** theorem ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="theorem"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.21 theorem</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-theorem-160"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{theorem}
+ theorem text
+ \end{theorem}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>theorem</code> environment produces &ldquo;Theorem x&rdquo; in boldface followed
+by your theorem text.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** titlepage ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="titlepage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#theorem">theorem</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.22 titlepage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-titlepage-162"></a><a name="index-Making-a-title-page-163"></a><a name="index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{titlepage}
+ text
+ \end{titlepage}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no
+printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be
+numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The
+<code>\today</code> command comes in handy for title pages.
+<a name="index-_005ctoday-165"></a>
+Note that you can use the <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) command to
+produce a standard title page.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** verbatim *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="verbatim"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verse">verse</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.23 verbatim</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-verbatim-166"></a><a name="index-Simulating-typed-text-167"></a><a name="index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168"></a><a name="index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169"></a><a name="index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{verbatim}
+ text
+ \end{verbatim}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>verbatim</code> environment is a paragraph-making environment that
+gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX into a
+typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that
+they would on a typewriter.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cverb">\verb</a>: The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \verb ******* -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cverb"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.23.1 \verb</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cverb-171"></a><a name="index-Verbatim-text-172"></a>
+
+ <p><code>\verb char literal_text char</code>
+
+ <p><code>\verb*char literal_text char</code>
+
+ <p>Typesets <code>literal_text</code> exactly as typed, including special
+characters and spaces, using a typewriter (<code>\tt</code>) type style.
+There may be no space between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and
+<code>char</code> (space is shown here only for clarity). The <code>*-form</code>
+differs only in that spaces are printed
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** verse ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="verse"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.24 verse</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-verse-173"></a><a name="index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{verse}
+ text
+ \end{verse}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>verse</code> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find
+other uses for it.
+
+ <p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the lines
+of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to
+separate the stanzas.
+
+<!-- ************************************ -->
+<!-- **** LEVEL2 Starts Here again. **** -->
+<!-- ************************************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Footnotes ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Footnotes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Layout">Layout</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.7 Footnotes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175"></a>
+Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be
+produced with one command, the <code>\footnote</code> command. They can also
+be produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the
+<code>\footnotetext</code> commands. See the specific command for information
+on why you would use one over the other.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>: Insert a footnote.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>: Insert footnote mark only.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>: Insert footnote text only.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \footnote ******* -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfootnote"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.7.1 \footnote</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfootnote-176"></a>
+<code>\footnote[number]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\footnote</code> command places the numbered footnote <code>text</code> at
+the bottom of the current page. The optional argument, <code>number</code>,
+is used to change the default footnote number. This command can only be
+used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning
+commands like <code>\chapter</code>, in figures, tables or in a <code>tabular</code>
+environment.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \footnotemark *** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfootnotemark"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.7.2 \footnotemark</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotemark-177"></a>
+The <code>\footnotemark</code> command puts the footnote <code>number</code> in the
+text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of
+the footnote is supplied by the <code>\footnotetext</code> command.
+
+ <p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers
+referring to the same footnote by using
+
+ <p><code>\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</code>
+
+ <p>after the first <code>\footnote</code> command.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \footnotetext *** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfootnotetext"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.7.3 \footnotetext</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotetext-178"></a>
+<code>\footnotetext[number]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\footnotetext</code> command produces the <code>text</code> to be placed
+at the bottom of the page. This command can come anywhere after the
+<code>\footnotemark</code> command. The <code>\footnotetext</code> command must
+appear in outer paragraph mode.
+
+ <p>The optional argument, <code>number</code>, is used to change the default
+footnote number.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Lengths ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Lengths"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Letters">Letters</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Layout">Layout</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.8 Lengths</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179"></a>
+A <code>length</code> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a
+length as an argument.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>: Define a new length.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>: Set the value of a length.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>: Add a quantity to a length.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>: Set a length to the depth of something.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>: Set a length to the height of something.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>: Set a length to the width of something.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>: Lengths that are, like, predefined.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \newlength ****** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewlength"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.1 \newlength</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewlength-180"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181"></a>
+<code>\newlength{\gnat}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\newlength</code> command defines the mandatory argument,
+<code>\gnat</code>, as a <code>length</code> command with a value of <code>0in</code>. An
+error occurs if a <code>\gnat</code> command already exists.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \setlength ****** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csetlength"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.2 \setlength</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csetlength-182"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183"></a>
+<code>\setlength{\gnat}{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\setlength</code> command is used to set the value of a
+<code>length</code> command. The <code>length</code> argument can be expressed in
+any terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>),
+millimetres (<code>mm</code>), points (<code>pt</code>), etc.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \addtolength **** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddtolength"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.3 \addtolength</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddtolength-184"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185"></a>
+<code>\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a &ldquo;length command&rdquo; by the
+amount specified in the <code>length</code> argument. It can be a negative
+amount.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \settodepth ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csettodepth"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.4 \settodepth</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csettodepth-186"></a>
+<code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command
+equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \settoheight ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csettoheight"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.5 \settoheight</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csettoheight-187"></a>
+<code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command
+equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \settowidth ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csettowidth"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.6 \settowidth</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csettowidth-188"></a>
+<code>\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command
+equal to the width of the <code>text</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- **** Predefined lengths ***** -->
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Predefined-lengths"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189"></a><a name="index-Predefined-lengths-190"></a>
+<code>\width</code>
+<a name="index-_005cwidth-191"></a>
+<code>\height</code>
+<a name="index-_005cheight-192"></a>
+<code>\depth</code>
+<a name="index-_005cdepth-193"></a>
+<code>\totalheight</code>
+<a name="index-_005ctotalheight-194"></a>
+These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making
+commands See <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>. They specify the natural width etc. of
+the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> +
+<code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the
+natural size, e.g., say
+
+ <p><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Letters ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Letters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.9 Letters</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Letters-195"></a><a name="index-Creating-letters-196"></a>
+You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The
+<code>letter</code> document class is designed to make a number of letters at
+once, although you can make just one if you so desire.
+
+ <p>Your <span class="file">.tex</span> source file has the same minimum commands as the other
+document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a
+minimum:
+
+<pre class="example"> \documentclass{letter}
+ \begin{document}
+ ... letters ...
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <p>Each letter is a <code>letter</code> environment, whose argument is the name
+and address of the recipient. For example, you might have:
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.
+ \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+</pre>
+ <p>The letter itself begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The text of
+the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that
+make no sense in a letter, like <code>\chapter</code>, do not work. The letter
+closes with a <code>\closing</code> command.
+
+ <p>After the <code>closing</code>, you can have additional material. The
+<code>\cc</code> command produces the usual &ldquo;cc: ...&rdquo;. There's also a similar
+<code>\encl</code> command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands,
+use <code>\\</code> to separate the items.
+
+ <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class:
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>: Your return address.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>: Cc list.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>: Saying goodbye.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>: List of enclosed material.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>: Your organisation's address.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>: Making address labels.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cname">\name</a>: Your name, for the return address.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>: Saying hello.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>: Adding a postscript.
+<li><a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>: Your signature.
+<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>: Allow page breaks.
+<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>: Disallow page breaks.
+<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>: Your phone number.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** \address ** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddress"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.1 \address</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddress-197"></a>
+<code>\address{Return address}</code>
+
+ <p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope.
+Separate lines of the address should be separated by <code>\\</code> commands.
+If you do not make an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will
+be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead.
+(See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details on your local implementation). If you
+give an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will be formatted
+as a personal letter.
+
+<!-- ************* -->
+<!-- ** \cc ****** -->
+<!-- ************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccc"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.2 \cc</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccc-198"></a><a name="index-Cc-list-199"></a>
+<code>\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</code>
+
+ <p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each name is
+printed on a separate line.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \closing ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cclosing"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.3 \closing</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cclosing-200"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-ending-201"></a>
+<code>\closing{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The letter closes with a <code>\closing</code> command, i.e.,
+<pre class="example"> \closing{Best Regards,}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \encl ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cencl"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.4 \encl</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cencl-202"></a><a name="index-Enclosed-material-203"></a>
+<code>\encl{CV\\Certificates}</code>
+
+ <p>Generate a list of enclosed material.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \location ** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clocation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.5 \location</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clocation-204"></a>
+<code>\location{address}</code>
+
+ <p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only appears
+if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \makelabels * -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmakelabels"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cname">\name</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.6 \makelabels</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmakelabels-205"></a>
+<code>\makelabels{number}</code>
+
+ <p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet of
+address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \name ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cname"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.7 \name</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cname-206"></a>
+<code>\name{June Davenport}</code>
+
+ <p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return
+address.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \opening ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005copening"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cname">\name</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.8 \opening</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005copening-207"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-starting-208"></a>
+<code>\opening{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The letter begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The mandatory
+argument, <code>text</code>, is whatever text you wish to start your letter,
+i.e.,
+<pre class="example"> \opening{Dear Joe,}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \ps ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cps"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.9 \ps</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cps-209"></a>
+<code>\ps</code>
+
+ <p>Use this command before a postscript.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \signature * -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csignature"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.10 \signature</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csignature-210"></a>
+<code>\signature{Harvey Swick}</code>
+
+ <p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the
+space for your signature. Items that should go on separate lines should
+be separated by <code>\\</code> commands.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \startbreaks ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cstartbreaks"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.11 \startbreaks</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cstartbreaks-211"></a>
+<code>\startbreaks</code>
+
+ <p>Used after a <code>\stopbreaks</code> command to allow page breaks again.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \stopbreaks ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cstopbreaks"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cstopbreaks-212"></a>
+<code>\stopbreaks</code>
+
+ <p>Inhibit page breaks until a <code>\startbreaks</code> command occurs.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \telephone * -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctelephone"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.13 \telephone</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctelephone-213"></a>
+<code>\telephone{number}</code>
+
+ <p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
+<code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- * Line & Page Breaking ** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Line-_0026-Page-Breaking"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.10 Line &amp; Page Breaking</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Page-Breaking-214"></a><a name="index-Line-Breaking-215"></a><a name="index-Page-Formatting-216"></a>
+The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to
+translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To
+produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines, and
+these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments, you do the
+line breaking yourself with the <code>\\</code> command, but LaTeX usually
+does it for you.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>: Start a new line.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>: Insert explicit hyphenation.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>: Start a new right-hand page.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>: Start a new page.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>: Enlarge the current page a bit.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>: Be fussy about line breaking.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>: Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>: Break the line.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>: Break the line prematurely.
+<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>: Start a new page.
+<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>: Don't break the current line.
+<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>: Don't make a page break here.
+<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>: Please make a page break here.
+<li><a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>: Be sloppy about line breaking.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ****** \\ ******** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005c_005c"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.1 \\</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005c_005c-217"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-218"></a>
+<code>\\[*][extra-space]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\\</code> command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an
+optional argument, <code>extra-space</code>, that specifies how much extra
+vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a
+negative amount.
+
+ <p>The <code>\\*</code> command is the same as the ordinary <code>\\</code> command
+except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- ** \- (hyphenation) ** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.2 \-</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220"></a>
+The <code>\-</code> command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that
+point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find all
+correct hyphenation points. The <code>\-</code> command is used for the
+exceptional cases.
+
+ <p>Note that when you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will
+only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation
+points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.
+
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- * \cleardoublepage * -->
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccleardoublepage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"></a><a name="index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222"></a>
+The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command ends the current page and causes all
+figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
+In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand
+(odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \clearpage **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cclearpage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.4 \clearpage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cclearpage-223"></a><a name="index-Flushing-a-page-224"></a>
+The <code>\clearpage</code> command ends the current page and causes all
+figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \enlargethispage ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cenlargethispage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cenlargethispage-225"></a><a name="index-Enlarge-current-page-226"></a>
+<code>\enlargethispage{size}</code>
+
+ <p><code>\enlargethispage*{size}</code>
+
+ <p>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page by the specified
+amount; e.g. <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one
+additional line.
+
+ <p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page as
+much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit
+<code>\pagebreak</code>.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfussy"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.6 \fussy</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfussy-227"></a>
+<code>\fussy</code>
+
+ <p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy about line
+breaking. This can avoids too much space between words, but may produce
+overfull boxes.
+
+ <p>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command. <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \hyphenation ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chyphenation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.7 \hyphenation</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chyphenation-228"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229"></a>
+<code>\hyphenation{words}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\hyphenation</code> command declares allowed hyphenation points,
+where <code>words</code> is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which
+each hyphenation point is indicated by a <code>-</code> character.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \linebreak **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clinebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.8 \linebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clinebreak-230"></a><a name="index-Line-breaks-231"></a>
+<code>\linebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current line at
+the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>,
+you can convert the <code>\linebreak</code> command from a demand to a
+request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the
+number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+ <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it
+extends to the right margin.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \newline ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.9 \newline</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewline-232"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233"></a>
+The <code>\newline</code> command breaks the line right where it is. It can
+only be used in paragraph mode.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \newpage ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewpage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.10 \newpage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewpage-234"></a><a name="index-New-Page-235"></a>
+The <code>\newpage</code> command ends the current page.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \nolinebreak *** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnolinebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnolinebreak-236"></a>
+<code>\nolinebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\nolinebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current
+line at the point of the command. With the optional argument,
+<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nolinebreak</code> command from a
+demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \nopagebreak ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnopagebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnopagebreak-237"></a>
+<code>\nopagebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\nopagebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current
+page at the point of the command. With the optional argument,
+<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nopagebreak</code> command from a
+demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \pagebreak **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpagebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.13 \pagebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpagebreak-238"></a><a name="index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239"></a>
+<code>\pagebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\pagebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current page at
+the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>,
+you can convert the <code>\pagebreak</code> command from a demand to a
+request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the
+number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csloppy"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.14 \sloppy</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csloppy-240"></a>
+<code>\sloppy</code>
+
+ <p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This can
+prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between words.
+
+ <p>Lasts until a <code>\fussy</code> command is issued. <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** Making Paragraphs *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Making-Paragraphs"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.11 Making Paragraphs</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Making-paragraphs-241"></a><a name="index-Paragraphs-242"></a>
+A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines &mdash; lines not
+containing even a <code>%</code>. A blank line should not appear where a new
+paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of
+a sectioning command.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>: Indent this paragraph.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>: Do not indent this paragraph.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>: Another way of writing a blank line.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \indent ******* -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cindent"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.11.1 \indent</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cindent-243"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-forcing-244"></a>
+<code>\indent</code>
+
+ <p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the
+paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it
+would otherwise be suppressed.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \noindent ***** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnoindent"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.11.2 \noindent</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnoindent-245"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246"></a>
+<code>\noindent</code>
+
+ <p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the paragraph
+indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \par ********** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpar"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.11.3 \par</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpar-247"></a><a name="index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248"></a>
+Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or environment
+definitions easier to read.
+
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- *** Margin Notes *** -->
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Margin-Notes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.12 Margin Notes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Margin-Notes-249"></a><a name="index-Notes-in-the-margin-250"></a><a name="index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251"></a>
+The command <code>\marginpar[left]{right}</code> creates a note in the margin.
+The first line will be at the same height as the line in the text where
+the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs.
+
+ <p>When you only specify the mandatory argument <code>right</code>, the text will
+be placed
+
+ <ul>
+<li>in the right margin for one-sided layout
+<li>in the outside margin for two-sided layout
+<li>in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>By issuing the command <code>\reversemarginpar</code>, you can force the marginal
+notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.
+
+ <p>When you specify both arguments, <code>left</code> is used for the left
+margin, and <code>right</code> is used for the right margin.
+
+ <p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
+hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a <code>\hspace{0pt}</code>
+command.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Math Formulae ****** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Math-Formulae"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Modes">Modes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.13 Math Formulae</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Math-Formulae-252"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-maths-253"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254"></a><a name="index-_005c_0028-255"></a><a name="index-_005c_0029-256"></a><a name="index-_005c_005b-257"></a><a name="index-_005c_005d-258"></a><a name="index-_0024-259"></a>
+There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>math</code><dd>For Formulae that appear right in the text.
+<br><dt><code>displaymath</code><dd>For Formulae that appear on their own line.
+<br><dt><code>equation</code><dd>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation
+number in the right margin.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode,
+but the <code>displaymath</code> and <code>equation</code> environments can be used
+only in paragraph mode. The <code>math</code> and <code>displaymath</code>
+environments are used so often that they have the following short forms:
+
+<pre class="example"> \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
+
+ \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+</pre>
+ <p>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even
+shorter form:
+
+<pre class="example"> $ ... $ instead of \(...\)
+</pre>
+ <p><a name="index-exponent-260"></a>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a>: Also known as exponent or index.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>: Various mathematical squiggles.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>: Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- * Subscripts & Superscripts * -->
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.1 Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Superscript-261"></a><a name="index-Subscript-262"></a><a name="index-_005f-263"></a><a name="index-_005e-264"></a>
+To get an expression <i>exp</i> to appear as a subscript, you just type
+<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. To get <i>exp</i> to appear as a superscript, you type
+<code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of
+that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when
+something has both a subscript and a superscript.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** Math Symbols ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Math-Symbols"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.2 Math Symbols</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Maths-symbols-265"></a><a name="index-Symbols-266"></a><a name="index-Greek-letters-267"></a>
+
+<!-- ************************ -->
+<!-- * Spacing in Math Mode * -->
+<!-- ************************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Spacing-in-Math-Mode"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269"></a>
+
+ <p>In a <code>math</code> environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts
+in the spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the
+way it's done in mathematics texts. If you want different spacing,
+LaTeX provides the following four commands for use in math mode:
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005c_003b-270"></a><a name="index-_005cCOLON-271"></a><a name="index-_005c_002c-272"></a><a name="index-_005c_0021-273"></a>
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li><code>\;</code> - a thick space
+<li><code>\:</code> - a medium space
+<li><code>\,</code> - a thin space
+<li><code>\!</code> - a negative thin space
+ </ol>
+
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- * Math Miscellany * -->
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Math-Miscellany"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Maths-Miscellany-274"></a>
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\cdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005ccdots-275"></a>Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised to the centre
+of the line.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\ddots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cddots-276"></a>Produces a diagonal ellipsis.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\frac{num}{den}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfrac-277"></a>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\ldots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cldots-278"></a>Produces an ellipsis. This command works in
+any mode, not just math mode.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\overbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverbrace-279"></a>Generates a brace over text.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\overline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverline-280"></a>Causes the argument text to be overlined.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\sqrt[root]{arg}</code><dd><a name="index-_005csqrt-281"></a>Produces the square root of its argument. The
+optional argument, <code>root</code>, determines what root to produce, i.e.,
+the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as <code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\underbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderbrace-282"></a>Generates text with a brace underneath.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\underline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderline-283"></a>Causes the argument text to be underlined.
+This command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\vdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cvdots-284"></a>Produces a vertical ellipsis.
+
+ </dl>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Modes *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Modes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.14 Modes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Modes-285"></a><a name="index-Paragraph-mode-286"></a><a name="index-Math-mode-287"></a><a name="index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288"></a><a name="index-LR-mode-289"></a>
+
+ <p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three
+modes:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Paragraph mode
+<li>Math mode
+<li>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
+</ul>
+
+ <p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a
+different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes.
+Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when
+LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands.
+
+ <p>&ldquo;Paragraph mode&rdquo; is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when
+processing ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into
+lines and breaks the lines into pages. LaTeX is in &ldquo;math mode&rdquo; when
+it's generating a mathematical formula. In &ldquo;LR mode&rdquo;, as in paragraph
+mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of
+words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX
+keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode.
+Even if you put a hundred words into an <code>\mbox</code>, LaTeX would keep
+typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then
+complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
+
+ <p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an <code>\mbox</code>
+command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for
+example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box.
+There are also several text-producing commands and environments for
+making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of
+these commands or environments will be called a <code>parbox</code>. When
+LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in
+&ldquo;inner paragraph mode&rdquo;. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out
+in, is called &ldquo;outer paragraph mode&rdquo;.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ***** Page Styles ******* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Page-Styles"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Modes">Modes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.15 Page Styles</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Styles_002c-page-290"></a><a name="index-Page-styles-291"></a>
+The <code>\documentclass</code> command determines the size and position of
+the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>: Generate a title page.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>: Set the style used for page numbers.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style for this page.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \maketitle **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmaketitle"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.1 \maketitle</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Title-making-292"></a><a name="index-_005cmaketitle-293"></a>
+<code>\maketitle</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\maketitle</code> command generates a title on a separate title page
+- except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title normally goes at
+the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is
+obtained from the following declarations:
+
+ <p>See <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, for the commands to give the information.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>: Who wrote this stuff?
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>: The date the document was created.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>: A special form of footnote.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>: How to set the document title.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- * \author * -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cauthor"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.2 \author</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cauthor-294"></a><a name="index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295"></a>
+<code>\author{names}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\author</code> command declares the author(s), where <code>names</code> is
+a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. Use <code>\\</code> to
+separate lines within a single author's entry &ndash; for example, to give
+the author's institution or address.
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- ** \date ** -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cdate"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.3 \date</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cdate-296"></a><a name="index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297"></a>
+<code>\date{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\date</code> command declares <i>text</i> to be the document's date. With
+no <code>\date</code> command, the current date is used.
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- * \thanks * -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cthanks"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.4 \thanks</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cthanks-298"></a><a name="index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299"></a>
+<code>\thanks{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title.
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- * \title ** -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctitle"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.5 \title</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctitle-300"></a><a name="index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301"></a>
+<code>\title{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\title</code> command declares <code>text</code> to be the title. Use
+<code>\\</code> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long title.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \pagenumbering * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpagenumbering"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpagenumbering-302"></a><a name="index-Page-numbering-303"></a>
+<code>\pagenumbering{num_style}</code>
+
+ <p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of <code>num_style</code> are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>arabic</code> - Arabic numerals
+<li><code>roman</code> - Lowercase Roman numerals
+<li><code>Roman</code> - Uppercase Roman numerals
+<li><code>alph</code> - Lowercase letters
+<li><code>Alph</code> - Uppercase letters
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \pagestyle **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpagestyle"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.7 \pagestyle</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpagestyle-304"></a>
+<code>\pagestyle{option}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\pagestyle</code> command changes the style from the current page on
+throughout the remainder of your document.
+
+ <p>The valid options are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>plain</code> - Just a plain page number.
+<li><code>empty</code> - Produces empty heads and feet - no page numbers.
+<li><code>headings</code> - Puts running headings on each page. The document
+style specifies what goes in the headings.
+<li><code>myheadings</code> - You specify what is to go in the heading with the
+<code>\markboth</code> or the <code>\markright</code> commands.
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>: Set left and right headings.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>: Set right heading only.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \markboth ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmarkboth"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.8 \markboth</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmarkboth-305"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \markboth{left head}{right head}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>\markboth</code> command is used in
+conjunction with the page style <code>myheadings</code> for setting
+both the left and the right heading. You should note that a &ldquo;left-hand
+heading&rdquo; is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the
+end of the page, while a &ldquo;right-hand heading&rdquo; is generated by the first
+<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is
+one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \markright ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmarkright"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.9 \markright</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmarkright-306"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \markright{right head}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>\markright</code> command is used in conjunction with the page style
+<code>myheadings</code> for setting the right heading, leaving the left
+heading unchanged. You should note that a &ldquo;left-hand heading&rdquo; is
+generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the end of the
+page, while a &ldquo;right-hand heading&rdquo; is generated by the first
+<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is
+one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \thispagestyle * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cthispagestyle"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cthispagestyle-307"></a>
+<code>\thispagestyle{option}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the
+<code>\pagestyle</code> command except that it changes the style for the
+current page only.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ***** Sectioning ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Sectioning"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.16 Sectioning</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Sectioning-308"></a><a name="index-_005cchapter-309"></a><a name="index-_005csubsubsection-310"></a><a name="index-_005csubsection-311"></a><a name="index-_005cparagraph-312"></a><a name="index-_005csubparagraph-313"></a>
+Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>\part</code>
+<li><code>\chapter</code> (report and book class only)
+<li><code>\section</code>
+<li><code>\subsection</code>
+<li><code>\subsubsection</code>
+<li><code>\paragraph</code>
+<li><code>\subparagraph</code>
+</ul>
+
+ <p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,
+
+ <p><code>\chapter[optional]{title}</code>
+
+ <p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory argument
+of the sectioning command can appear in two other places:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li>The table of contents
+<li>The running head at the top of the page
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two places as
+appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, the sectioning
+commands have an <code>optional</code> argument that provides the text for
+these other two purposes.
+
+ <p>All sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print a <i>title</i>,
+but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of
+contents.
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005cappendix-314"></a><a name="index-Appendix_002c-creating-315"></a>
+<code>\appendix</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way sectional units are
+numbered. The <code>\appendix</code> command generates no text and does not
+affect the numbering of parts.
+The normal use of this command is something like
+
+<pre class="example"> \chapter{The First Chapter}
+ ...
+ \appendix
+ \chapter{The First Appendix}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Spaces & Boxes ***** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Spaces-_0026-Boxes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Spaces-316"></a><a name="index-Boxes-317"></a>
+All the predefined length parameters (see <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>) can be
+used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Horizontal space
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal dots.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal space.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>: Stretchable horizontal rule.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>: Fixed horizontal space.
+Vertical space
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>: Stretchable vertical space.
+<li><a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+Boxes
+<li><a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>: Framebox.
+<li><a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>: Framebox, adjustable position.
+<li><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>: An environment like \sbox.
+<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>: Box, adjustable position.
+<li><a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>: Box.
+<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>: Declare a name for saving a box.
+<li><a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>: Box with text in paragraph mode.
+<li><a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>: Raise or lower text.
+<li><a href="#_005crule">\rule</a>: Lines and squares.
+<li><a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>: Like \makebox, but save the text for later use.
+<li><a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>: Like \mbox, but save the text for later use.
+<li><a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>: Print saved text.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \dotfill *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cdotfill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.1 \dotfill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cdotfill-318"></a>
+The <code>\dotfill</code> command produces a &ldquo;rubber length&rdquo; that produces dots
+instead of just spaces.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \hfill ***** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chfill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.2 \hfill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chfill-319"></a>
+The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a &ldquo;rubber length&rdquo; which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \hrulefill ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chrulefill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.3 \hrulefill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chrulefill-320"></a>
+The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a &ldquo;rubber length&rdquo; which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal
+rule.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \hspace **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chspace"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.4 \hspace</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chspace-321"></a>
+<code>\hspace[*]{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\hspace</code> command adds horizontal space. The length of the
+space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e.,
+points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space
+with an <code>\hspace</code> command. Adding negative space is like
+backspacing.
+
+ <p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you
+don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code>
+argument. Then the space is never removed.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \addvspace ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddvspace"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.5 \addvspace</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddvspace-322"></a><a name="index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323"></a><a name="index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324"></a>
+<code>\addvspace{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addvspace</code> command normally adds a vertical space of height
+length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same
+point in the output by a previous <code>\addvspace</code> command, then this
+command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length
+of the total vertical space equal to <code>length</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \bigskip *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cbigskip"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.6 \bigskip</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cbigskip-325"></a>
+The <code>\bigskip</code> command is equivalent to
+<code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code> where <code>bigskipamount</code> is determined
+by the document class.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \medskip *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmedskip"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.7 \medskip</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmedskip-326"></a>
+The <code>\medskip</code> command is equivalent to
+<code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code> where <code>medskipamount</code> is determined
+by the document class.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \smallskip ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csmallskip"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.8 \smallskip</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csmallskip-327"></a>
+<code>\smallskip</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\smallskip</code> command is equivalent to
+<code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code> where <code>smallskipamount</code> is
+determined by the document class.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \vfill ***** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvfill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.9 \vfill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvfill-328"></a>
+The <code>\vfill</code> fill command produces a rubber length which can
+stretch or shrink vertically.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \vspace **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvspace"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.10 \vspace</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvspace-329"></a>
+<code>\vspace[*]{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\vspace</code> command adds vertical space. The length of the space
+can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., points,
+inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with an
+<code>\vspace</code> command.
+
+ <p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you
+don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code>
+argument. Then the space is never removed.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \fbox ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.11 \fbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfbox-330"></a>
+<code>\fbox{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\fbox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\mbox</code>
+command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+it creates.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \framebox ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cframebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.12 \framebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-331"></a>
+<code>\framebox[width][position]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code>
+command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+it creates.
+
+ <p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code>, and
+leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the
+box.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** lrbox **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="lrbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.13 lrbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-lrbox-332"></a>
+<code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code>
+
+ <p>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>.
+
+ <p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code>cmd</code>, which
+must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** \makebox ** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmakebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.14 \makebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-333"></a>
+<code>\makebox[width][position]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to contain
+the <code>text</code> specified. The width of the box is specified by the
+optional <code>width</code> argument. The position of the text within the box
+is determined by the optional <code>position</code> argument.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>c</code> &mdash; centred (default)
+<li><code>l</code> &mdash; flushleft
+<li><code>r</code> &mdash; flushright
+<li><code>s</code> &mdash; stretch from left to right margin. The text must contain
+stretchable space for this to work.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \mbox ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.15 \mbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmbox-334"></a>
+<code>\mbox{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text
+created by its argument.
+
+ <p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across lines.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \newsavebox * -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewsavebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.16 \newsavebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewsavebox-335"></a>
+<code>\newsavebox{cmd}</code>
+
+ <p>Declares <code>cmd</code>, which must be a command name that is not already
+defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \parbox **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cparbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.17 \parbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cparbox-336"></a>
+<code>\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>A <code>parbox</code> is a box whose contents are created in <code>paragraph</code>
+mode. The <code>\parbox</code> has two mandatory arguments:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>width</code> - specifies the width of the parbox, and
+<li><code>text</code> - the text that goes inside the parbox.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>LaTeX will position a <code>parbox</code> so its centre lines up with the centre of
+the text line. The optional <i>position</i> argument allows you
+to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is top).
+
+ <p>If the <i>height</i> argument is not given, the box will have the natural
+height of the text.
+
+ <p>The <i>inner-pos</i> argument controls the placement of the text inside the
+box. If it is not specified, <i>position</i> is used.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> &mdash; text is placed at the top of the box.
+<li><code>c</code> &mdash; text is centred in the box.
+<li><code>b</code> &mdash; text is placed at the bottom of the box.
+<li><code>s</code> &mdash; stretch vertically. The text must contain
+vertically stretchable space for this to work.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>A <code>\parbox</code> command is used for a parbox containing a small piece
+of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use
+any of the paragraph-making environments inside a <code>\parbox</code>
+argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a
+paragraph-making environment, you should use a <code>minipage</code>
+environment See <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \raisebox ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craisebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.18 \raisebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craisebox-337"></a>
+<code>\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\raisebox</code> command is used to raise or lower text. The first
+mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be raised (or
+lowered if it is a negative amount). The text itself is processed in
+<code>LR mode</code>.
+
+ <p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a different
+size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX would
+normally think it has. The <code>\raisebox</code> command lets you tell
+LaTeX how tall it is.
+
+ <p>The first optional argument, <code>extend-above</code>, makes LaTeX think
+that the text extends above the line by the amount specified. The
+second optional argument, <code>extend-below</code>, makes LaTeX think that
+the text extends below the line by the amount specified.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \rule ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005crule"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.19 \rule</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005crule-338"></a>
+<code>\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\rule</code> command is used to produce horizontal lines. The
+arguments are defined as follows:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>raise-height</code> - specifies how high to raise the rule (optional)
+<li><code>width</code> - specifies the length of the rule (mandatory)
+<li><code>thickness</code> - specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory)
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \savebox *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csavebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.20 \savebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csavebox-339"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}
+</pre>
+ <p>This command typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\makebox</code>.
+However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin
+<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \sbox ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.21 \sbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csbox-340"></a>
+<code>\sbox{text}</code>
+
+ <p>This commands typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\mbox</code>.
+However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin
+<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \usebox **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cusebox"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.22 \usebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cusebox-341"></a>
+<code>\usebox{cmd}</code>
+
+ <p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin <code>cmd</code> by a
+<code>\savebox</code> command.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ** Special Characters *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Special-Characters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.18 Special Characters</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Special-Characters-342"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-special-343"></a><a name="index-Reserved-Characters-344"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-reserved-345"></a>
+The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called
+&ldquo;special printing characters&rdquo;, or simply &ldquo;special characters&rdquo;.
+
+<pre class="example"> # $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
+</pre>
+ <p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, you are
+doing something special. If you simply want the character to be printed
+just as any other letter, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character.
+For example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output.
+
+ <p>One exception to this rule is the <code>\</code> itself because <code>\\</code> has
+its own special meaning. A <code>\</code> is produced by typing
+<code>$\backslash$</code> in your file.
+
+ <p>Also, <code>\~</code> means `place a tilde accent over the following letter',
+so you will probably want to use <code>\verb</code> instead.
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005cbackslash-346"></a><a name="index-_005csymbol-347"></a><a name="index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348"></a>
+In addition, you can access any character of a font once you know its
+number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the character
+used for displaying spaces in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code
+decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>.
+
+ <p>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers
+with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as
+<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ** Splitting the Input ** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Splitting-the-Input"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.19 Splitting the Input</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Splitting-the-input-file-349"></a><a name="index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350"></a>
+
+ <p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole
+input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into
+several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use,
+there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type
+when you run LaTeX.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>: Conditionally include a file.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>: Determine which files are included.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>: Unconditionally include a file.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \include *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cinclude"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.19.1 \include</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cinclude-351"></a>
+<code>\include{file}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\include</code> command is used in conjunction with the
+<code>\includeonly</code> command for selective inclusion of files. The
+<code>file</code> argument is the first name of a file, denoting
+<span class="file">file.tex</span>. If <code>file</code> is one the file names in the file list
+of the <code>\includeonly</code> command or if there is no <code>\includeonly</code>
+command, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to
+
+<pre class="example"> \clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
+</pre>
+ <p>except that if the file <span class="file">file.tex</span> does not exist, then a warning
+message rather than an error is produced. If the file is not in the
+file list, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to <code>\clearpage</code>.
+
+ <p>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file
+read by another <code>\include</code> command.
+
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- ** \includeonly *** -->
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cincludeonly"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.19.2 \includeonly</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cincludeonly-352"></a>
+<code>\includeonly{</code><i>file_list</i><code>}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read in by
+an <code>\include</code> command. <i>file_list</i> should be a comma-separated
+list of filenames. Each filename must match exactly a filename specified
+in a <code>\include</code> command. This command can only appear in the
+preamble.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \input ***** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cinput"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.19.3 \input</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cinput-353"></a>
+<code>\input{file}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\input</code> command causes the indicated <code>file</code> to be read and
+processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the current
+file at that point. The file name may be a complete file name with
+extension or just a first name, in which case the file <span class="file">file.tex</span>
+is used.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** Starting & Ending *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Starting-_0026-Ending"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.20 Starting &amp; Ending</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354"></a><a name="index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355"></a>
+Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum:
+
+<pre class="example"> \documentclass{class}
+ \begin{document}
+ ... your text goes here ...
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <p>where the <code>class</code> selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX.
+See <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, (and see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>), for details of the
+various document classes available locally.
+
+ <p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the <code>\documentclass</code>
+and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (i.e., in the `preamble').
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** Table of Contents *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Table-of-Contents"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.21 Table of Contents</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356"></a>
+
+ <p>A table of contents is produced with the
+<code>\tableofcontents</code>
+<a name="index-_005ctableofcontents-357"></a>command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents
+to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does
+not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the
+table of contents, include a <code>\newpage</code> command after the
+<code>\tableofcontents</code> command.
+
+ <p>There are similar commands
+<code>\listoffigures</code>
+<a name="index-_005clistoffigures-358"></a>and
+<code>\listoftables</code>
+<a name="index-_005clistoftables-359"></a> for producing a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively.
+Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents.
+
+ <p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot have
+the
+<code>\nofiles</code>
+<a name="index-_005cnofiles-360"></a>command in your document.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>: Add an entry to table of contents etc.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>: Add text directly to table of contents file etc.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- * \addcontentsline * -->
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddcontentsline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddcontentsline-361"></a>
+<code>\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command adds an entry to the specified list
+or table where:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be
+written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures),
+or <code>lot</code> (list of tables).
+<li><code>sec_unit</code> controls the formatting of the entry. It should be one
+of the following, depending upon the value of the file argument:
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li><code>toc</code> &mdash; the name of the sectional unit, such as part or subsection.
+<li><code>lof</code> &mdash; figure
+<li><code>lot</code> &mdash; table
+ </ol>
+<li><code>entry</code> is the text of the entry.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \addtocontents * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddtocontents"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.21.2 \addtocontents</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddtocontents-362"></a>
+<code>\addtocontents{file}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command adds text (or formatting commands) directly
+to the file that generates the table of contents or list of figures or
+tables.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be
+written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures),
+or <code>lot</code> (list of tables).
+<li><code>text</code> is the information to be written.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- * Terminal Input/Output * -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Terminal-Input_002fOutput"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Input_002fOutput-363"></a><a name="index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364"></a>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>: Read text from the terminal.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>: Write text to the terminal.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \typein **** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctypein"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.22.1 \typein</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctypein-365"></a>
+<code>\typein[cmd]{msg}</code>
+
+ <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for
+you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the <code>cmd</code>
+argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if it had been
+included in the input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command. If
+the <code>cmd</code> argument is present, it must be a command name. This
+command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \typeout *** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctypeout"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.22.2 \typeout</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctypeout-366"></a>
+<code>\typeout{msg}</code>
+
+ <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code>log</code> file. Commands
+in <code>msg</code> that are defined with <code>\newcommand</code> or
+<code>\renewcommand</code> are replaced by their definitions before being
+printed.
+
+ <p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as
+a single space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to
+<code>msg</code>. A <code>\space</code> command in <code>msg</code> causes a single space
+to be printed. A <code>^^J</code> in <code>msg</code> prints a newline.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ***** Typefaces ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Typefaces"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.23 Typefaces</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Typefaces-367"></a><a name="index-Fonts-368"></a>
+The <code>typeface</code> is specified by giving the &ldquo;size&rdquo; and &ldquo;style&rdquo;. A
+typeface is also called a &ldquo;font&rdquo;.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Styles">Styles</a>: Select roman, italics etc.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>: Select point size.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>: Commands for wizards.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** Styles **** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Styles"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.23.1 \Styles</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Font-Styles-369"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Styles-370"></a><a name="index-Styles-of-text-371"></a>
+
+ <p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+ <p>These commands are used like <code>\textit{italics text}</code>. The
+corresponding command in parenthesis is the &ldquo;declaration form&rdquo;, which
+takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the
+next type style command or the end of the current group.
+
+ <p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say
+<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> to get sans serif boldface.
+
+ <p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; e.g.
+<code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm-372"></a><a name="index-_005crmfamily-373"></a>Roman.
+<br><dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextit-374"></a><a name="index-_005citshape-375"></a><br><dt><code>\emph</code><dd><a name="index-_005cemph-376"></a>Emphasis (toggles between \textit and \textrm).
+<br><dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextmd-377"></a><a name="index-_005cmdseries-378"></a>Medium weight (default). The opposite of boldface.
+<br><dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextbf-379"></a><a name="index-_005cbfseries-380"></a>Boldface.
+<br><dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextup-381"></a><a name="index-_005cupshape-382"></a>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted.
+<br><dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsl-383"></a><a name="index-_005cslshape-384"></a>Slanted.
+<br><dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsf-385"></a><a name="index-_005csffamily-386"></a>Sans serif.
+<br><dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsc-387"></a><a name="index-_005cscshape-388"></a>Small caps.
+<br><dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctexttt-389"></a><a name="index-_005cttfamily-390"></a>Typewriter.
+<br><dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextnormal-391"></a><a name="index-_005cnormalfont-392"></a>Main document font.
+<br><dt><code>\mathrm</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathrm-393"></a>Roman, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathbf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathbf-394"></a>Boldface, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathsf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathsf-395"></a>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathtt</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathtt-396"></a>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathit</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathit-397"></a>Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with several letters.
+<br><dt><code>\mathnormal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathnormal-398"></a>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration.
+<br><dt><code>\mathcal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathcal-399"></a>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>In addition, the command
+<code>\mathversion{bold}</code>
+<a name="index-_005cmathversion-400"></a>can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in
+formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** Sizes ***** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Sizes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Styles">Styles</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.23.2 Sizes</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Font-Sizes-401"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Sizes-402"></a><a name="index-Sizes-of-text-403"></a>
+
+ <p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+ <p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the
+declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of
+the current group.
+
+ <p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g.
+<code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\tiny</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctiny-404"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\scriptsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cscriptsize-405"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\footnotesize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfootnotesize-406"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\small</code><dd><a name="index-_005csmall-407"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\normalsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cnormalsize-408"></a>(default)
+
+ <br><dt><code>\large</code><dd><a name="index-_005clarge-409"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\Large</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLarge-410"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\LARGE</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLARGE-411"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005chuge-412"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\Huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005cHuge-413"></a></dl>
+
+<!-- ******************************** -->
+<!-- ** Low-level font commands ***** -->
+<!-- ******************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414"></a><a name="index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415"></a>
+These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
+packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
+ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of <cite>The LaTeX
+Companion</cite>.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\fontencoding{enc}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontencoding-416"></a>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <code>OT1</code> and <code>T1</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontfamily{family}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontfamily-417"></a>Select font family. Valid families include:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>cmr</code> for Computer Modern Roman
+<li><code>cmss</code> for Computer Modern Sans Serif
+<li><code>cmtt</code> for Computer Modern Typewriter
+</ul>
+
+ <p>and numerous others.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontseries{series}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontseries-418"></a>Select font series. Valid series include:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>m</code> Medium (normal)
+<li><code>b</code> Bold
+<li><code>c</code> Condensed
+<li><code>bc</code> Bold condensed
+<li><code>bx</code> Bold extended
+</ul>
+
+ <p>and various other combinations.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontshape{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontshape-419"></a>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>n</code> Upright (normal)
+<li><code>it</code> Italic
+<li><code>sl</code> Slanted (oblique)
+<li><code>sc</code> Small caps
+<li><code>ui</code> Upright italics
+<li><code>ol</code> Outline
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The two last shapes are not available for most font families.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontsize{size}{skip}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontsize-420"></a>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to; the
+second is the <code>\baselineskip</code> to use. The unit of both parameters
+defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip should be 1.2
+times the font size.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\selectfont</code><dd><a name="index-_005cselectfont-421"></a>The changes made by calling the four font commands described above do
+not come into effect until <code>\selectfont</code> is called.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cusefont-422"></a>Equivalent to calling <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
+<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>.
+</dl>
+
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- ************* PARAMETERS *************** -->
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Parameters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="chapter">3 Parameters</h2>
+
+<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX
+uses <span class="file">.tex</span> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file
+entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command
+options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g.
+
+ <p><code>latex ``\scrollmode\input foo.tex''</code>
+
+ <p>will process <span class="file">foo.tex</span> without pausing after every error.
+
+ <p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When you fail
+to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names on the file
+specification associated with the logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically
+<code>texput.log</code>.
+
+<!-- *************************** -->
+<!-- ******* INDICES ******** -->
+<!-- *************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Concept-Index"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="unnumbered">Concept Index</h2>
+
+<ul class="index-cp" compact>
+<li><a href="#index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348">Accessing any character of a font</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Aligning-Equations-73">Aligning Equations</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Appendix_002c-creating-315">Appendix, creating</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Arrays_002c-math-60">Arrays, math</a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-article-class-41">article class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295">Author, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157">Bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151">Bibliography, creating (manually)</a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-BibTeX_002c-using-156">BibTeX, using</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-book-class-43">book class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Boxes-317">Boxes</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cc-list-199">Cc list</a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Centering-text-65">Centering text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63">Centering text, environment for</a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-reserved-345">Characters, reserved</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-special-343">Characters, special</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Classes-of-document-40">Classes of document</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28">Commands, defining new ones</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170">Computer programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3">Counters, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-creating-11">Counters, creating</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20">Counters, getting the value of</a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-setting-17">Counters, setting</a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Creating-letters-196">Creating letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Creating-pictures-106">Creating pictures</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Creating-tables-142">Creating tables</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-21">Cross referencing</a>: <a href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24">Cross referencing using page number</a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26">Cross referencing using section number</a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297">Date, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-a-new-command-29">Defining a new command</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-environments-32">Defining new environments</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-fonts-38">Defining new fonts</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-theorems-35">Defining new theorems</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-125">Displaying quoted text</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122">Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Document-Classes-39">Document Classes</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Enclosed-material-203">Enclosed material</a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355">Ending &amp; Starting</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Enlarge-current-page-226">Enlarge current page</a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Environments-57">Environments</a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Environments_002c-defining-31">Environments, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-aligning-72">Equations, aligning</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76">Equations, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-exponent-260">exponent</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103">Figures, footnotes in</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Flushing-a-page-224">Flushing a page</a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415">Font commands, low-level</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Font-Sizes-401">Font Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Font-Styles-369">Font Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Fonts-368">Fonts</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37">Fonts, new commands for</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Footnotes-in-figures-102">Footnotes in figures</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175">Footnotes, creating</a>: <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Formatting-Text-66">Formatting Text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77">Formulae, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-maths-253">Formulae, maths</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Global-options-49">Global options</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Greek-letters-267">Greek letters</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229">Hyphenation, defining</a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220">Hyphenation, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-forcing-244">Indent, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246">Indent, suppressing</a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350">Input file, splitting</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Input_002fOutput-363">Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Inserting-figures-79">Inserting figures</a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93">Justification, ragged left</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87">Justification, ragged right</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68">Labelled lists, creating</a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview-2">LaTeX overview</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Layout-commands-51">Layout commands</a>: <a href="#Layout">Layout</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text-86">Left-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82">Left-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288">Left-to-right mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185">Lengths, adding to</a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181">Lengths, defining a new</a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179">Lengths, defining and using</a>: <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189">Lengths, predefined</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183">Lengths, setting value of</a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-letter-class-44">letter class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Letters-195">Letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-ending-201">Letters, ending</a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-starting-208">Letters, starting</a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Line-Breaking-215">Line Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Line-breaks-231">Line breaks</a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lines-in-tables-144">Lines in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128">Lining text up in columns using tab stops</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145">Lining text up in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items-97">Lists of items</a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100">Lists of items, generic</a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70">Lists of items, numbered</a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Loading-additional-packages-48">Loading additional packages</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414">Low-level font commands</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-LR-mode-289">LR mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Making-a-title-page-163">Making a title page</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Making-paragraphs-241">Making paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Margin-Notes-249">Margin Notes</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-Formulae-252">Math Formulae</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-mode-287">Math mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254">Math mode, entering</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269">Math mode, spacing</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Maths-Miscellany-274">Maths Miscellany</a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Maths-symbols-265">Maths symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104">Minipage, creating a</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Modes-285">Modes</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Multicolumn-text-56">Multicolumn text</a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-218">New line, starting</a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233">New line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-New-Page-235">New Page</a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Notes-in-the-margin-250">Notes in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Options_002c-global-50">Options, global</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1">Overview of LaTeX</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Packages_002c-loading-47">Packages, loading</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239">Page break, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-Breaking-214">Page Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-Formatting-216">Page Formatting</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-numbering-303">Page numbering</a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-styles-291">Page styles</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Paragraph-mode-286">Paragraph mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248">Paragraph, starting a new</a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Paragraphs-242">Paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Pictures_002c-creating-107">Pictures, creating</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174">Poetry, an environment for</a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Predefined-lengths-190">Predefined lengths</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169">Programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121">Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124">Quoted text, displaying</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text-92">Ragged left text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89">Ragged left text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text-85">Ragged right text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83">Ragged right text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251">Remarks in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-report-class-42">report class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Reserved-Characters-344">Reserved Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text-94">Right-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90">Right-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Sectioning-308">Sectioning</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Simulating-typed-text-167">Simulating typed text</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Sizes-of-text-403">Sizes of text</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324">Space, inserting vertical</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Spaces-316">Spaces</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268">Spacing, within Math mode</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Special-Characters-342">Special Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Splitting-the-input-file-349">Splitting the input file</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354">Starting &amp; Ending</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222">Starting on a right-hand page</a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Styles-of-text-371">Styles of text</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Styles_002c-page-290">Styles, page</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Subscript-262">Subscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Superscript-261">Superscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Symbols-266">Symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127">Tab stops, using</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356">Table of Contents, creating</a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Tables_002c-creating-141">Tables, creating</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364">Terminal Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299">Thanks, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-defining-34">Theorems, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161">Theorems, typesetting</a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Title-making-292">Title making</a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164">Title pages, creating</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301">Title, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168">Typed text, simulating</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Sizes-402">Typeface Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Styles-370">Typeface Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typefaces-367">Typefaces</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Using-BibTeX-155">Using BibTeX</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4">Variables, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Verbatim-text-172">Verbatim text</a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323">Vertical space, inserting</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li>
+</ul><!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Command-Index"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="unnumbered">Command Index</h2>
+
+
+
+<ul class="index-fn" compact>
+<li><a href="#index-_0024-259"><code>$</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0021-273"><code>\!</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"><code>\' (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0028-255"><code>\(</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0029-256"><code>\)</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002b-132"><code>\+</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002c-272"><code>\,</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"><code>\- (hyphenation)</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"><code>\- (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003b-270"><code>\;</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003c-131"><code>\&lt;</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003d-129"><code>\=</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003e-130"><code>\&gt;</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_005b-257"><code>\[</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_005c-217"><code>\\</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_005d-258"><code>\]</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"><code>\` (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ca-139"><code>\a</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline-361"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddress-197"><code>\address</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddress">\address</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents-362"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter-5"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddtolength-184"><code>\addtolength</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddvspace-322"><code>\addvspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cAlph-7"><code>\Alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005calph-6"><code>\alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cappendix-314"><code>\appendix</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005carabic-8"><code>\arabic</code></a>: <a href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cauthor-294"><code>\author</code></a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbackslash-346"><code>\backslash</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbegin-58"><code>\begin</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbfseries-380"><code>\bfseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbibitem-152"><code>\bibitem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-159"><code>\bibliography</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbigskip-325"><code>\bigskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccaption-80"><code>\caption</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccc-198"><code>\cc</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccdots-275"><code>\cdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccentering-64"><code>\centering</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cchapter-309"><code>\chapter</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccircle-108"><code>\circle</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccite-153"><code>\cite</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccite">\cite</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cclearpage-223"><code>\clearpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccline-146"><code>\cline</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccline">\cline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cclosing-200"><code>\closing</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cCOLON-271"><code>\COLON</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdashbox-109"><code>\dashbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdate-296"><code>\date</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cddots-276"><code>\ddots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdepth-193"><code>\depth</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass-45"><code>\documentclass</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdotfill-318"><code>\dotfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cemph-376"><code>\emph</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cencl-202"><code>\encl</code></a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cend-59"><code>\end</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage-225"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfbox-330"><code>\fbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom-52"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol-9"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding-416"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily-417"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontseries-418"><code>\fontseries</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontshape-419"><code>\fontshape</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontsize-420"><code>\fontsize</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnote-176"><code>\footnote</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark-177"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize-406"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext-178"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfrac-277"><code>\frac</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cframe-110"><code>\frame</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframe">\frame</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-331"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-111"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfussy-227"><code>\fussy</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cheight-192"><code>\height</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chfill-319"><code>\hfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chline-147"><code>\hline</code></a>: <a href="#_005chline">\hline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chrulefill-320"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chspace-321"><code>\hspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cHuge-413"><code>\Huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chuge-412"><code>\huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chyphenation-228"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cinclude-351"><code>\include</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinclude">\include</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly-352"><code>\includeonly</code></a>: <a href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cindent-243"><code>\indent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cinput-353"><code>\input</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinput">\input</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005citem-96"><code>\item</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005citshape-375"><code>\itshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ckill-136"><code>\kill</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clabel-22"><code>\label</code></a>: <a href="#_005clabel">\label</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cLARGE-411"><code>\LARGE</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cLarge-410"><code>\Large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clarge-409"><code>\large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cldots-278"><code>\ldots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clefteqn-74"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cline-112"><code>\line</code></a>: <a href="#_005cline">\line</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clinebreak-230"><code>\linebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clinethickness-113"><code>\linethickness</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-358"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-359"><code>\listoftables</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clocation-204"><code>\location</code></a>: <a href="#_005clocation">\location</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-333"><code>\makebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"><code>\makebox (picture)</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels-205"><code>\makelabels</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle-293"><code>\maketitle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth-305"><code>\markboth</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkright-306"><code>\markright</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathbf-394"><code>\mathbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathcal-399"><code>\mathcal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathit-397"><code>\mathit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal-398"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathrm-393"><code>\mathrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathsf-395"><code>\mathsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathtt-396"><code>\mathtt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathversion-400"><code>\mathversion</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmbox-334"><code>\mbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmdseries-378"><code>\mdseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmedskip-326"><code>\medskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn-148"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmultiput-115"><code>\multiput</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cname-206"><code>\name</code></a>: <a href="#_005cname">\name</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand-27"><code>\newcommand</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter-10"><code>\newcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment-30"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewfont-36"><code>\newfont</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewlength-180"><code>\newlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewline-232"><code>\newline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewpage-234"><code>\newpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox-335"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem-33"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnocite-154"><code>\nocite</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnofiles-360"><code>\nofiles</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnoindent-245"><code>\noindent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak-236"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak-237"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont-392"><code>\normalfont</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize-408"><code>\normalsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005conecolumn-53"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005copening-207"><code>\opening</code></a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005coval-116"><code>\oval</code></a>: <a href="#_005coval">\oval</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005coverbrace-279"><code>\overbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005coverline-280"><code>\overline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak-238"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering-302"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpageref-23"><code>\pageref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle-304"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpar-247"><code>\par</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-312"><code>\paragraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cparbox-336"><code>\parbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-138"><code>\poptabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cps-209"><code>\ps</code></a>: <a href="#_005cps">\ps</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs-137"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cput-117"><code>\put</code></a>: <a href="#_005cput">\put</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom-54"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craggedleft-91"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craggedright-84"><code>\raggedright</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craisebox-337"><code>\raisebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cref-25"><code>\ref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter-12"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005crmfamily-373"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cRoman-14"><code>\Roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005croman-13"><code>\roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005crule-338"><code>\rule</code></a>: <a href="#_005crule">\rule</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csavebox-339"><code>\savebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csbox-340"><code>\sbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize-405"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cscshape-388"><code>\scshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cselectfont-421"><code>\selectfont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csetcounter-16"><code>\setcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csetlength-182"><code>\setlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csettodepth-186"><code>\settodepth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csettoheight-187"><code>\settoheight</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csettowidth-188"><code>\settowidth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csffamily-386"><code>\sffamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cshortstack-118"><code>\shortstack</code></a>: <a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csignature-210"><code>\signature</code></a>: <a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csloppy-240"><code>\sloppy</code></a>: <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cslshape-384"><code>\slshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csmall-407"><code>\small</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csmallskip-327"><code>\smallskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csqrt-281"><code>\sqrt</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cstartbreaks-211"><code>\startbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter-15"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cstopbreaks-212"><code>\stopbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-313"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csubsection-311"><code>\subsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-310"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csymbol-347"><code>\symbol</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-357"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctelephone-213"><code>\telephone</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextbf-379"><code>\textbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextit-374"><code>\textit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextmd-377"><code>\textmd</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal-391"><code>\textnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextrm-372"><code>\textrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsc-387"><code>\textsc</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsf-385"><code>\textsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsl-383"><code>\textsl</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctexttt-389"><code>\texttt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextup-381"><code>\textup</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cthanks-298"><code>\thanks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle-307"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctiny-404"><code>\tiny</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctitle-300"><code>\title</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctoday-165"><code>\today</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctotalheight-194"><code>\totalheight</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cttfamily-390"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn-55"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctypein-365"><code>\typein</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctypeout-366"><code>\typeout</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace-282"><code>\underbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cunderline-283"><code>\underline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cupshape-382"><code>\upshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusebox-341"><code>\usebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusecounter-18"><code>\usecounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusefont-422"><code>\usefont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusepackage-46"><code>\usepackage</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvalue-19"><code>\value</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvdots-284"><code>\vdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvector-119"><code>\vector</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cverb-171"><code>\verb</code></a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvfill-328"><code>\vfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvline-149"><code>\vline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvline">\vline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvspace-329"><code>\vspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cwidth-191"><code>\width</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005e-264"><code>^</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005f-263"><code>_</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-array-61"><code>array</code></a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-center-62"><code>center</code></a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-description-67"><code>description</code></a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-enumerate-69"><code>enumerate</code></a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-eqnarray-71"><code>eqnarray</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-equation-75"><code>equation</code></a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-figure-78"><code>figure</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-flushleft-81"><code>flushleft</code></a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-flushright-88"><code>flushright</code></a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-itemize-95"><code>itemize</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-letter-98"><code>letter</code></a>: <a href="#letter">letter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-list-99"><code>list</code></a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-lrbox-332"><code>lrbox</code></a>: <a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-minipage-101"><code>minipage</code></a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-picture-105"><code>picture</code></a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-quotation-120"><code>quotation</code></a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-quote-123"><code>quote</code></a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-tabbing-126"><code>tabbing</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-table-140"><code>table</code></a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-tabular-143"><code>tabular</code></a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-thebibliography-150"><code>thebibliography</code></a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-theorem-160"><code>theorem</code></a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-titlepage-162"><code>titlepage</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-verbatim-166"><code>verbatim</code></a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-verse-173"><code>verse</code></a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li>
+ </ul>
+<div class="contents">
+<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a name="toc_Overview" href="#Overview">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a>
+<li><a name="toc_Commands" href="#Commands">2 Commands</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#Counters">2.1 Counters</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005caddtocounter">2.1.1 \addtocounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005calph">2.1.2 \alph</a>
+<li><a href="#_005carabic">2.1.3 \arabic</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfnsymbol">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewcounter">2.1.5 \newcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005crefstepcounter">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005croman">2.1.7 \roman</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cstepcounter">2.1.8 \stepcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csetcounter">2.1.9 \setcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">2.1.10 \usecounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvalue">2.1.11 \value</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Cross-References">2.2 Cross References</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005clabel">2.2.1 \label</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpageref">2.2.2 \pageref</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cref">2.2.3 \ref</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Definitions">2.3 Definitions</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewcommand">2.3.1 \newcommand</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewenvironment">2.3.2 \newenvironment</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewtheorem">2.3.3 \newtheorem</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewfont">2.3.4 \newfont</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Document-Classes">2.4 Document Classes</a>
+<li><a href="#Layout">2.5 Layout</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cflushbottom">2.5.1 \flushbottom</a>
+<li><a href="#_005conecolumn">2.5.2 \onecolumn</a>
+<li><a href="#_005craggedbottom">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctwocolumn">2.5.4 \twocolumn</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Environments">2.6 Environments</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#array">2.6.1 array</a>
+<li><a href="#center">2.6.2 center</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ccentering">2.6.2.1 \centering</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#description">2.6.3 description</a>
+<li><a href="#enumerate">2.6.4 enumerate</a>
+<li><a href="#eqnarray">2.6.5 eqnarray</a>
+<li><a href="#equation">2.6.6 equation</a>
+<li><a href="#figure">2.6.7 figure</a>
+<li><a href="#flushleft">2.6.8 flushleft</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005craggedright">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#flushright">2.6.9 flushright</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005craggedleft">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#itemize">2.6.10 itemize</a>
+<li><a href="#letter">2.6.11 letter</a>
+<li><a href="#list">2.6.12 list</a>
+<li><a href="#minipage">2.6.13 minipage</a>
+<li><a href="#picture">2.6.14 picture</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ccircle">2.6.14.1 \circle</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cdashbox">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cframe">2.6.14.3 \frame</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.4 \framebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cline">2.6.14.5 \line</a>
+<li><a href="#_005clinethickness">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.7 \makebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmultiput">2.6.14.8 \multiput</a>
+<li><a href="#_005coval">2.6.14.9 \oval</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cput">2.6.14.10 \put</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvector">2.6.14.12 \vector</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#quotation">2.6.15 quotation</a>
+<li><a href="#quote">2.6.16 quote</a>
+<li><a href="#tabbing">2.6.17 tabbing</a>
+<li><a href="#table">2.6.18 table</a>
+<li><a href="#tabular">2.6.19 tabular</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ccline">2.6.19.1 \cline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chline">2.6.19.2 \hline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmulticolumn">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvline">2.6.19.4 \vline</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#thebibliography">2.6.20 thebibliography</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cbibitem">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ccite">2.6.20.2 \cite</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnocite">2.6.20.3 \nocite</a>
+<li><a href="#Using-BibTeX">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#theorem">2.6.21 theorem</a>
+<li><a href="#titlepage">2.6.22 titlepage</a>
+<li><a href="#verbatim">2.6.23 verbatim</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cverb">2.6.23.1 \verb</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#verse">2.6.24 verse</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Footnotes">2.7 Footnotes</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cfootnote">2.7.1 \footnote</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfootnotemark">2.7.2 \footnotemark</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfootnotetext">2.7.3 \footnotetext</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Lengths">2.8 Lengths</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewlength">2.8.1 \newlength</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csetlength">2.8.2 \setlength</a>
+<li><a href="#_005caddtolength">2.8.3 \addtolength</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csettodepth">2.8.4 \settodepth</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csettoheight">2.8.5 \settoheight</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csettowidth">2.8.6 \settowidth</a>
+<li><a href="#Predefined-lengths">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Letters">2.9 Letters</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005caddress">2.9.1 \address</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ccc">2.9.2 \cc</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cclosing">2.9.3 \closing</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cencl">2.9.4 \encl</a>
+<li><a href="#_005clocation">2.9.5 \location</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmakelabels">2.9.6 \makelabels</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cname">2.9.7 \name</a>
+<li><a href="#_005copening">2.9.8 \opening</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cps">2.9.9 \ps</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csignature">2.9.10 \signature</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">2.9.11 \startbreaks</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">2.9.13 \telephone</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">2.10 Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005c_005c">2.10.1 \\</a>
+<li><a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">2.10.2 \-</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cclearpage">2.10.4 \clearpage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cenlargethispage">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfussy">2.10.6 \fussy</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chyphenation">2.10.7 \hyphenation</a>
+<li><a href="#_005clinebreak">2.10.8 \linebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewline">2.10.9 \newline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">2.10.10 \newpage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">2.10.13 \pagebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csloppy">2.10.14 \sloppy</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">2.11 Making Paragraphs</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cindent">2.11.1 \indent</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnoindent">2.11.2 \noindent</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpar">2.11.3 \par</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">2.12 Margin Notes</a>
+<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">2.13 Math Formulae</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">2.13.1 Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a>
+<li><a href="#Math-Symbols">2.13.2 Math Symbols</a>
+<li><a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</a>
+<li><a href="#Math-Miscellany">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Modes">2.14 Modes</a>
+<li><a href="#Page-Styles">2.15 Page Styles</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cmaketitle">2.15.1 \maketitle</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cauthor">2.15.2 \author</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cdate">2.15.3 \date</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cthanks">2.15.4 \thanks</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctitle">2.15.5 \title</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpagenumbering">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpagestyle">2.15.7 \pagestyle</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmarkboth">2.15.8 \markboth</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmarkright">2.15.9 \markright</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cthispagestyle">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Sectioning">2.16 Sectioning</a>
+<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">2.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cdotfill">2.17.1 \dotfill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chfill">2.17.2 \hfill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chrulefill">2.17.3 \hrulefill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chspace">2.17.4 \hspace</a>
+<li><a href="#_005caddvspace">2.17.5 \addvspace</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cbigskip">2.17.6 \bigskip</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmedskip">2.17.7 \medskip</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csmallskip">2.17.8 \smallskip</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvfill">2.17.9 \vfill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvspace">2.17.10 \vspace</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfbox">2.17.11 \fbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cframebox">2.17.12 \framebox</a>
+<li><a href="#lrbox">2.17.13 lrbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">2.17.14 \makebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmbox">2.17.15 \mbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">2.17.16 \newsavebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cparbox">2.17.17 \parbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005craisebox">2.17.18 \raisebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005crule">2.17.19 \rule</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csavebox">2.17.20 \savebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csbox">2.17.21 \sbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cusebox">2.17.22 \usebox</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Special-Characters">2.18 Special Characters</a>
+<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">2.19 Splitting the Input</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cinclude">2.19.1 \include</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cincludeonly">2.19.2 \includeonly</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cinput">2.19.3 \input</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">2.20 Starting &amp; Ending</a>
+<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">2.21 Table of Contents</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005caddcontentsline">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005caddtocontents">2.21.2 \addtocontents</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ctypein">2.22.1 \typein</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctypeout">2.22.2 \typeout</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Typefaces">2.23 Typefaces</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#Styles">2.23.1 \Styles</a>
+<li><a href="#Sizes">2.23.2 Sizes</a>
+<li><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</a>
+</li></ul>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a name="toc_Parameters" href="#Parameters">3 Parameters</a>
+<li><a name="toc_Concept-Index" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>
+<li><a name="toc_Command-Index" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>
+</li></ul>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e0ccd6d4546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..db830bbde27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.html
@@ -0,0 +1,6090 @@
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<title>Untitled</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html">
+<meta name="description" content="Untitled">
+<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7">
+<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top">
+<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage">
+<!--
+This file documents LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. LaTeX2e is a
+macro package for TeX.
+
+This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, and is for the Texinfo
+that is distributed as part of Version 19 of GNU Emacs. It uses version
+2.134 or later of the texinfo.tex input file.
+
+This is translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The
+pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam
+Houston State University.
+
+The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore <stg@dcs.ed.ac.uk>.
+
+The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen
+<bullestock@dk-online.dk>.
+
+Copyright 1988,1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1994-1996 Torsten Martinsen.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that the sections entitled ``Distribution'' and ``General Public
+License'' may be included in a translation approved by the author instead
+of in the original English.-->
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
+<style type="text/css"><!--
+ pre.display { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.format { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller }
+ span.sc { font-variant:small-caps }
+ span.roman { font-family: serif; font-weight: normal; }
+--></style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Top"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Overview">Overview</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#dir">(dir)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+ <p>LaTeX2e is a document preparation system implemented as a macro package
+for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program.
+
+ <p>LaTeX was originally conceived by Leslie Lamport.
+
+ <p>This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Overview">Overview</a>: What is LaTeX?
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Commands">Commands</a>: Commands within a LaTeX document.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>: The command line.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>: An alphabetical list of LaTeX commands.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>: An alphabetical list of concepts.
+
+ </ul>
+
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- ************** OVERVIEW **************** -->
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Overview"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Commands">Commands</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="chapter">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</h2>
+
+<p><a name="index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1"></a><a name="index-LaTeX-overview-2"></a>
+The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the
+LaTeX Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it processes an input
+file containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that
+describe how the text should be formatted. It produces at least three
+files as output:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li>A &ldquo;Device Independent&rdquo;, or <span class="file">.dvi</span> file. This contains commands that
+can be translated into commands for a variety of output devices. You
+can view the output of LaTeX by using a program such as <code>xdvi</code>,
+which actually uses the <span class="file">.dvi</span> file.
+<li>A &ldquo;transcript&rdquo; or <span class="file">.log</span> file that contains summary information and
+diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file.
+<li>An &ldquo;auxiliary&rdquo; or <span class="file">.aux</span> file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for
+things such as sectioning.
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>For a description of what goes on inside TeX, you should consult
+<cite>The TeXbook</cite> by Donald E. Knuth, ISBN 0-201-13448-9, published
+jointly by the American Mathematical Society and Addison-Wesley
+Publishing Company.
+
+ <p>For a description of LaTeX, you should consult:
+
+ <p><cite>LaTeX: A Document Preparation System</cite>, by Leslie Lamport,
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1994.
+
+ <p><cite>The LaTeX Companion</cite>, by Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and
+Alexander Samarin, Addison-Wesley, 1994.
+
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- ************** COMMANDS **************** -->
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Commands"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Overview">Overview</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="chapter">2 Commands</h2>
+
+<p>A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of a
+<code>\</code> followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single
+non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, <code>[]</code>, are
+optional while arguments contained in braces, <code>{}</code>, are required.
+
+ <p>NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case
+unless explicitly directed to do otherwise.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Counters">Counters</a>: Internal counters used by LaTeX.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>: Automatic referencing.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>: Define your own commands etc.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>: Some of the various classes available.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#Environments">Environments</a>: Such as enumerate &amp; itemize.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>: How to produce footnotes.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Layout">Layout</a>: Controlling the page layout.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>: The length commands.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#Letters">Letters</a>: The letter class.
+<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>: How to insert pagebreaks etc.
+<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>: Paragraph commands.
+<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>: Putting remarks in the margin.
+<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>: How to create mathematical formulae.
+<li><a href="#Modes">Modes</a>: Paragraph, Math or LR modes.
+<li><a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>: Various styles of page layout.
+<li><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>: How to section properly.
+<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>: All the associated commands.
+<li><a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>: Special reserved characters.
+<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>: Dealing with big files by splitting.
+<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a>: The formal start &amp; end layouts.
+<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>: How to create a table of contents.
+<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>: User interaction.
+<li><a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>: Such as bold, italics etc.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************************************** -->
+<!-- **** Command's LEVEL2 Starts Here. **** -->
+<!-- *************************************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Counters ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Counters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.1 Counters</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3"></a><a name="index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4"></a>
+Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The
+name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or
+command that produces the number, except with no <code>\</code>. (enumi -
+enumiv are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list
+of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control
+numbering.
+
+<pre class="example"> part paragraph figure enumi
+ chapter subparagraph table enumii
+ section page footnote enumiii
+ subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
+ subsubsection
+</pre>
+ <ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>: Add a quantity to a counter.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>: Print value of a counter using letters.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>: Print value of a counter using numerals.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>: Print value of a counter using symbols.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>: Define a new counter.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>: Print value of a counter using roman numerals.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>: Set the value of a counter.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
+<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>: Use a specified counter in a list environment.
+<li><a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>: Use the value of a counter in an expression.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- ** \addtocounter ** -->
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddtocounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.1 \addtocounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddtocounter-5"></a>
+<code>\addtocounter{counter}{value}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command increments the <code>counter</code> by the
+amount specified by the <code>value</code> argument. The <code>value</code>
+argument can be negative.
+
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- ** \alph *** -->
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005calph"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.2 \alph</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005calph-6"></a><a name="index-_005cAlph-7"></a>
+<code>\alph{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in
+alphabetic characters. The <code>\alph</code> command uses lower case
+alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., <code>a, b, c...</code> while the
+<code>\Alph</code> command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e.,
+<code>A, B, C...</code>.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** \arabic *** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005carabic"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005calph">\alph</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.3 \arabic</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005carabic-8"></a>
+<code>\arabic{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\arabic</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be
+printed in Arabic numbers, i.e., <code>3</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \fnsymbol ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfnsymbol"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfnsymbol-9"></a>
+<code>\fnsymbol{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\fnsymbol</code> command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to
+be printed in a specific sequence of nine symbols that can be used for
+numbering footnotes.
+
+ <p>NB. <code>counter</code> must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \newcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.5 \newcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewcounter-10"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-creating-11"></a>
+<code>\newcounter{foo}[counter]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\newcounter</code> command defines a new counter named <code>foo</code>.
+The counter is initialized to zero.
+
+ <p>The optional argument <code>[counter]</code> causes the counter <code>foo</code> to
+be reset whenever the counter named in the optional argument is
+incremented.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \refstepcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005crefstepcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005crefstepcounter-12"></a>
+<code>\refstepcounter{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works like <code>\stepcounter</code>
+See <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>, except it also defines the current <code>\ref</code>
+value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>.
+
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- ** \roman ** -->
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005croman"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.7 \roman</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005croman-13"></a><a name="index-_005cRoman-14"></a>
+<code>\roman{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>This command causes the value of the <code>counter</code> to be printed in
+Roman numerals. The <code>\roman</code> command uses lower case Roman
+numerals, i.e., <code>i, ii, iii...</code>, while the <code>\Roman</code> command
+uses upper case Roman numerals, i.e., <code>I, II, III...</code>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \stepcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cstepcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005croman">\roman</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.8 \stepcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cstepcounter-15"></a>
+<code>\stepcounter{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command adds one to the <code>counter</code> and
+resets all subsidiary counters.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \setcounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csetcounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.9 \setcounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csetcounter-16"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-setting-17"></a>
+<code>\setcounter{counter}{value}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\setcounter</code> command sets the value of the <code>counter</code> to
+that specified by the <code>value</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \usecounter ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cusecounter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvalue">\value</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.10 \usecounter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cusecounter-18"></a>
+<code>\usecounter{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\usecounter</code> command is used in the second argument of the
+<code>list</code> environment to allow the counter specified to be used to
+number the list items.
+
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- ** \value ** -->
+<!-- ************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvalue"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Counters">Counters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.1.11 \value</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvalue-19"></a><a name="index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20"></a>
+<code>\value{counter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\value</code> command produces the value of the <code>counter</code> named
+in the mandatory argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an
+integer or number, such as the second argument of a <code>\setcounter</code>
+or <code>\addtocounter</code> command, or in:
+
+<pre class="example"> \hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
+</pre>
+ <p>It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Cross References *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Cross-References"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Counters">Counters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.2 Cross References</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Cross-referencing-21"></a>
+One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer
+the reader to them, as in &ldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&rdquo;
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>: Refer to a page number.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>: Refer to a section, figure or similar.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \label ************* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clabel"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.2.1 \label</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clabel-22"></a>
+<code>\label{key}</code>
+
+ <p>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the
+<code>key</code> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing
+inside a numbered environment assigns that number to the <code>key</code>.
+
+ <p>A <code>key</code> can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or
+punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are different.
+
+ <p>To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is
+common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a
+colon. The prefixes conventionally used are
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>cha</code>
+for chapters
+<li><code>sec</code>
+for lower-level sectioning commands
+<li><code>fig</code>
+for figures
+<li><code>tab</code>
+for tables
+<li><code>eq</code>
+for equations
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:bandersnatch</code>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \pageref *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpageref"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cref">\ref</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clabel">\label</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.2.2 \pageref</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpageref-23"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24"></a>
+<code>\pageref{key}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\pageref</code> command produces the page number of the place in the
+text where the corresponding <code>\label</code> command appears. ie. where
+<code>\label{key}</code> appears.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \ref *************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cref"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.2.3 \ref</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cref-25"></a><a name="index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26"></a>
+<code>\ref{key}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit,
+equation number, ... of the corresponding <code>\label</code> command.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Definitions ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Definitions"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.3 Definitions</h3>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>: Define a new command.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>: Define a new environment.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>: Define a new theorem-like environment.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>: Define a new font name.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newcommand ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewcommand"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.1 \newcommand</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewcommand-27"></a><a name="index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28"></a><a name="index-Defining-a-new-command-29"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+ \newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+ \renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+ \renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+</pre>
+ <p>These commands define (or redefine) a command.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>cmd</code><dd>A command name beginning with a <code>\</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code> it
+must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>; for
+<code>\renewcommand</code> it must already be defined.
+
+ <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the command
+being defined. The default is for the command to have no arguments.
+
+ <br><dt><code>def</code><dd>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's first
+argument is optional. The default value of the optional argument is
+<code>def</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>definition</code><dd>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a
+parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of
+the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
+
+ </dl>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newenvironment **** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewenvironment"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.2 \newenvironment</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewenvironment-30"></a><a name="index-Environments_002c-defining-31"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-environments-32"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+ \newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
+ \renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+</pre>
+ <p>These commands define or redefine an environment.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>nam</code><dd>The name of the environment. For <code>\newenvironment</code> there must be
+no currently defined environment by that name, and the command
+<code>\nam</code> must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code> the
+environment must already be defined.
+
+ <br><dt><code>args</code><dd>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of
+the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments.
+
+ <br><dt><code>default</code><dd>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <code>default</code>
+gives the default value for that argument.
+
+ <br><dt><code>begdef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\begin{nam}</code>; a
+parameter of the form <code>#n</code> in <code>cmd</code> is replaced by the text of
+the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
+
+ <br><dt><code>enddef</code><dd>The text substituted for every occurrence of <code>\end{nam}</code>. It may
+not contain any argument parameters.
+
+ </dl>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newtheorem ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewtheorem"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.3 \newtheorem</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewtheorem-33"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-defining-34"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-theorems-35"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \newtheorem{env_name}{caption}[within]
+ \newtheorem{env_name}[numbered_like]{caption}
+</pre>
+ <p>This command defines a theorem-like environment.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>env_name</code><dd>The name of the environment to be defined. A string of letters. It must
+not be the name of an existing environment or counter.
+
+ <br><dt><code>caption</code><dd>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, right before the
+number. This may simply say &ldquo;Theorem&rdquo;, for example.
+
+ <br><dt><code>within</code><dd>The name of an already defined counter, usually of a sectional unit.
+Provides a means of resetting the new theorem counter <strong>within</strong>
+the sectional unit.
+
+ <br><dt><code>numbered_like</code><dd>The name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
+
+ </dl>
+
+ <p>The <code>\newtheorem</code> command may have at most one optional argument.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \newfont *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewfont"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.3.4 \newfont</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewfont-36"></a><a name="index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37"></a><a name="index-Defining-new-fonts-38"></a>
+<code>\newfont{cmd}{font_name}</code>
+
+ <p>Defines the command name <code>cmd</code>, which must not be currently
+defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named
+<code>font_name</code> to be the current font.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Document Classes **** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Document-Classes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Environments">Environments</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.4 Document Classes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Document-Classes-39"></a><a name="index-Classes-of-document-40"></a><a name="index-article-class-41"></a><a name="index-report-class-42"></a><a name="index-book-class-43"></a><a name="index-letter-class-44"></a><a name="index-_005cdocumentclass-45"></a>
+Valid LaTeX document classes include:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>article
+<li>report
+<li>letter
+<li>book
+<li>slides
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Other document classes are often available. See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details.
+They are selected with the following command:
+
+ <p><code>\documentclass [options] {class}</code>
+
+ <p>All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following options
+for selecting the typeface size (10 pt is default):
+
+ <p>10pt, 11pt, 12pt
+
+ <p>All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default
+is letter):
+
+ <p>a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
+
+ <p>Miscellaneous options:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>landscape &mdash; selects landscape format. Default is portrait.
+<li>titlepage, notitlepage &mdash; selects if there should be a separate title
+page.
+<li>leqno &mdash; equation number on left side of equations. Default is right side.
+<li>fleqn &mdash; displayed formulas flush left. Default is centred.
+<li>openbib &mdash; use &ldquo;open&rdquo; bibliography format.
+<li>draft, final &mdash; mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule.
+Default is final.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>These options are not available with the slides class:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>oneside, twoside &mdash; selects one- or twosided layout. Default is
+oneside, except for the book class.
+<li>openright, openany &mdash; determines if a chapter should start on a
+right-hand page. Default is openright for book.
+<li>onecolumn, twocolumn &mdash; one or two columns. Defaults to one column.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The slides class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at
+the bottom of each note.
+
+ <p>If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a comma.
+
+ <p>Additional packages are loaded by a
+
+ <p><code>\usepackage[options]{pkg}</code>
+<a name="index-_005cusepackage-46"></a>
+command. If you specify more than one package, they must be separated by
+a comma.
+<a name="index-Packages_002c-loading-47"></a><a name="index-Loading-additional-packages-48"></a>
+Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
+by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
+<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<a name="index-Global-options-49"></a><a name="index-Options_002c-global-50"></a>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Layout"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<p><a name="index-Layout-commands-51"></a>
+
+<h3 class="section">2.5 Layout</h3>
+
+<p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>: Make all text pages the same height.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>: Use one-column layout.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>: Allow text pages of differing height.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>: Use two-column layout.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \flushbottom ******* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cflushbottom"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.1 \flushbottom</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cflushbottom-52"></a>
+The <code>\flushbottom</code> declaration makes all text pages the same
+height, adding extra vertical space when necessary to fill out the page.
+
+ <p>This is the standard if twocolumn mode is selected.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \onecolumn ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005conecolumn"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.2 \onecolumn</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005conecolumn-53"></a>
+The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces
+single-column output.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \raggedbottom ****** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craggedbottom"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craggedbottom-54"></a>
+The <code>\raggedbottom</code> declaration makes all pages the height of the
+text on that page. No extra vertical space is added.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** \twocolumn ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctwocolumn"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Layout">Layout</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.5.4 \twocolumn</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctwocolumn-55"></a><a name="index-Multicolumn-text-56"></a>
+<code>\twocolumn[text]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces
+two-column output. If the optional <code>text</code> argument is present, it
+is typeset in one-column mode.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Environments ******* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Environments"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.6 Environments</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Environments-57"></a><a name="index-_005cbegin-58"></a><a name="index-_005cend-59"></a>
+LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making environments.
+Each environment begins and ends in the same manner.
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{environment-name}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{environment-name}
+</pre>
+ <ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#array">array</a>: Math arrays.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#center">center</a>: Centred lines.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#description">description</a>: Labelled lists.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>: Numbered lists.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>: Sequences of aligned equations.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#equation">equation</a>: Displayed equation.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#figure">figure</a>: Floating figures.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>: Flushed left lines.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#flushright">flushright</a>: Flushed right lines.
+<li><a href="#itemize">itemize</a>: Bulleted lists.
+<li><a href="#letter">letter</a>: Letters.
+<li><a href="#list">list</a>: Generic list environment.
+<li><a href="#minipage">minipage</a>: Miniature page.
+<li><a href="#picture">picture</a>: Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles.
+<li><a href="#quotation">quotation</a>: Indented environment with paragraph indentation.
+<li><a href="#quote">quote</a>: Indented environment with no paragraph indentation.
+<li><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>: Align text arbitrarily.
+<li><a href="#table">table</a>: Floating tables.
+<li><a href="#tabular">tabular</a>: Align text in columns.
+<li><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>: Bibliography or reference list.
+<li><a href="#theorem">theorem</a>: Theorems, lemmas, etc.
+<li><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>: For hand crafted title pages.
+<li><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>: Simulating typed input.
+<li><a href="#verse">verse</a>: For poetry and other things.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** array ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="array"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#center">center</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.1 array</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Arrays_002c-math-60"></a><a name="index-array-61"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
+ column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{array}
+</pre>
+ <p>Math arrays are produced with the array environment. It has a single
+mandatory argument describing the number of columns and the alignment
+within them. Each column, <code>coln</code>, is specified by a single letter
+that tells how items in that row should be formatted.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>c</code> &mdash; for centred
+<li><code>l</code> &mdash; for flush left
+<li><code>r</code> &mdash; for flush right
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Column entries must be separated by an <code>&amp;</code>. Column entries may
+include other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated
+with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+ <p>Note that the <code>array</code> environment can only be used in math mode, so
+normally it is used inside an <code>equation</code> environment.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** center ************* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="center"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#description">description</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#array">array</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.2 center</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-center-62"></a><a name="index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{center}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{center}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>center</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of
+lines that are centred within the left and right margins on the current
+page. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a>: The declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \centering *** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccentering"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#center">center</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.2.1 \centering</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccentering-64"></a><a name="index-Centering-text-65"></a><a name="index-Formatting-Text-66"></a>
+This declaration corresponds to the <code>center</code> environment. This
+declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in
+a <code>parbox</code>. The text of a figure or table can be centred on the
+page by putting a <code>\centering</code> command at the beginning of the
+figure or table environment.
+
+ <p>Unlike the <code>center</code> environment, the <code>\centering</code> command does
+not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an
+environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** description ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="description"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#center">center</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.3 description</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-description-67"></a><a name="index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{description}
+ \item [label] First item
+ \item [label] Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{description}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>description</code> environment is used to make labelled lists. The
+<code>label</code> is bold face and flushed right.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** enumerate ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="enumerate"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#description">description</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.4 enumerate</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-enumerate-69"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{enumerate}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations
+can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also
+be nested within other paragraph-making environments.
+
+ <p>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code>\item</code> command.
+There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment.
+
+ <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the <code>enumi</code> through
+<code>enumiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be
+changed by redefining <code>\theenumi</code> etc.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** eqnarray *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="eqnarray"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#equation">equation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.5 eqnarray</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-eqnarray-71"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-aligning-72"></a><a name="index-Aligning-Equations-73"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{eqnarray}
+ math formula 1 \\
+ math formula 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{eqnarray}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is used to display a sequence of
+equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column
+<code>array</code> environment, with consecutive rows separated by <code>\\</code>
+and consecutive items within a row separated by an <code>&amp;</code>.
+
+ <p>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a
+<code>\nonumber</code> command.
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005clefteqn-74"></a>
+The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
+lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
+zero width.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** equation *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="equation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#figure">figure</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.6 equation</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-equation-75"></a><a name="index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{equation}
+ math formula
+ \end{equation}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>equation</code> environment centres your equation on the page and places
+the equation number in the right margin.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** figure ************* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="figure"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#equation">equation</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.7 figure</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-figure-78"></a><a name="index-Inserting-figures-79"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{figure}[placement]
+
+ body of the figure
+
+ \caption{figure title}
+ \end{figure}
+</pre>
+ <p><a name="index-_005ccaption-80"></a>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+usually &ldquo;floated&rdquo; to a convenient place, like the top of a page.
+Figures will not be split between two pages.
+
+ <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try
+to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly
+put a float:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li><code>h</code> (Here) - at the position in the text where the figure
+environment appears.
+<li><code>t</code> (Top) - at the top of a text page.
+<li><code>b</code> (Bottom) - at the bottom of a text page.
+<li><code>p</code> (Page of floats) - on a separate float page, which is a page
+containing no text, only floats.
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>The standard report and article classes use the default placement
+<code>tbp</code>.
+
+ <p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc.
+you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your figure.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** flushleft ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="flushleft"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#flushright">flushright</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#figure">figure</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.8 flushleft</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-flushleft-81"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{flushleft}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{flushleft}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph
+consisting of lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand margin.
+Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- * \raggedright ** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craggedright"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craggedright-84"></a><a name="index-Ragged-right-text-85"></a><a name="index-Left_002djustifying-text-86"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87"></a>
+This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushleft</code> environment. This
+declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in
+a <code>parbox</code>.
+
+ <p>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code> command
+does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
+paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an
+environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** flushright ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="flushright"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#itemize">itemize</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.9 flushright</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-flushright-88"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{flushright}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{flushright}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph
+consisting of lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand margin.
+Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a>: The declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- * \raggedleft *** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craggedleft"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#flushright">flushright</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craggedleft-91"></a><a name="index-Ragged-left-text-92"></a><a name="index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93"></a><a name="index-Right_002djustifying-text-94"></a>
+This declaration corresponds to the <code>flushright</code> environment. This
+declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in
+a <code>parbox</code>.
+
+ <p>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code> command
+does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
+paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an
+environment like quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** itemize ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="itemize"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#letter">letter</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#flushright">flushright</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.10 itemize</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-itemize-95"></a><a name="index-_005citem-96"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items-97"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{itemize}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{itemize}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces a &ldquo;bulleted&rdquo; list. Itemizations
+can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also
+be nested within other paragraph-making environments.
+
+ <p>Each item of an <code>itemized</code> list begins with an <code>\item</code> command.
+There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment.
+
+ <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the <code>itemi</code> through
+<code>itemiv</code> counters (see <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>). The type of numbering can be
+changed by redefining <code>\theitemi</code> etc.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** letter ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="letter"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#list">list</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#itemize">itemize</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.11 letter</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-letter-98"></a>
+This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** list *************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="list"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#minipage">minipage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#letter">letter</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.12 list</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-list-99"></a><a name="index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100"></a>
+The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for
+defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in
+documents, but often in macros.
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{list}{label}{spacing}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{list}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>{label}</code> argument specifies how items should be labelled.
+This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the
+label. This argument can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands.
+
+ <p>The <code>{spacing}</code> argument contains commands to change the spacing
+parameters for the list. This argument will most often be null, i.e.,
+<code>{}</code>. This will select all default spacing which should suffice
+for most cases.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** minipage *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="minipage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#picture">picture</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#list">list</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.13 minipage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-minipage-101"></a><a name="index-Footnotes-in-figures-102"></a><a name="index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103"></a><a name="index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{minipage}[position]{width}
+ text
+ \end{minipage}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>minipage</code> environment is similar to a <code>\parbox</code> command.
+It takes the same optional <code>position</code> argument and mandatory
+<code>width</code> argument. You may use other paragraph-making environments
+inside a minipage.
+
+ <p>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
+particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
+<code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
+the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it
+uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary
+<code>footnote</code> counter See <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>.
+
+ <p>NOTE: Don't put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes;
+they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** picture ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="picture"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quotation">quotation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#minipage">minipage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.14 picture</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-picture-105"></a><a name="index-Creating-pictures-106"></a><a name="index-Pictures_002c-creating-107"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
+ .
+ .
+ picture commands
+ .
+ .
+ \end{picture}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any kind
+of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You
+tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their
+coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and
+a minus sign &mdash; a number like <code>5</code>, <code>2.3</code> or <code>-3.1416</code>. A
+coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length
+<code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>,
+then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimetres. You
+can change the value of <code>\unitlength</code> anywhere you want, using the
+<code>\setlength</code> command, but strange things will happen if you try
+changing it inside the picture environment.
+
+ <p>A position is a pair of coordinates, such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying
+the point with x-coordinate <code>2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code>-5</code>.
+Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin,
+which is normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that
+when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces;
+the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.
+
+ <p>The <code>picture</code> environment has one mandatory argument, which is a
+<code>position</code>. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment
+produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this
+argument's x- and y-coordinates.
+
+ <p>The <code>picture</code> environment also has an optional <code>position</code>
+argument, following the <code>size</code> argument, that can change the
+origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not
+contained in square brackets.) The optional argument gives the
+coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture
+(thereby determining the origin). For example, if <code>\unitlength</code>
+has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command
+<pre class="example"> \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+</pre>
+ <p>produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200
+millimetres, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose
+upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first
+draw a picture, you will omit the optional argument, leaving the origin
+at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by
+shifting everything, you just add the appropriate optional argument.
+
+ <p>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the
+picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is;
+LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even
+off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining
+how much room to leave for it.
+
+ <p>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the <code>\put</code>
+command. The command
+<pre class="example"> \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+</pre>
+ <p>puts the object specified by <code>...</code> in the picture, with its
+reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for
+various objects will be described below.
+
+ <p>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything
+in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command that you'd put into the
+argument of an <code>\mbox</code> and related commands. When you do this, the
+reference point will be the lower left corner of the box.
+
+ <p>Picture commands:
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>: Draw a circle.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>: Draw a dashed box.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>: Draw a frame around an object.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box with a frame around it.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cline">\line</a>: Draw a straight line.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>: Set the line thickness.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>: Draw a box of the specified size.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>: Draw multiple instances of an object.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>: Draw an ellipse.
+<li><a href="#_005cput">\put</a>: Place an object at a specified place.
+<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>: Make a pile of objects.
+<li><a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>: Draw a line with an arrow.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \circle ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccircle"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.1 \circle</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccircle-108"></a>
+<code>\circle[*]{diameter}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\circle</code> command produces a circle with a diameter as close to
+the specified one as possible. If the <code>*</code>-form of the command is
+used, LaTeX draws a solid circle.
+
+ <p>Note that only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \dashbox **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cdashbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cdashbox-109"></a>
+Draws a box with a dashed line.
+
+ <p><code>\dashbox{dash_length}(width,height){...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\dashbox</code> has an extra argument which specifies the width of
+each dash. A dashed box looks best when the <code>width</code> and
+<code>height</code> are multiples of the <code>dash_length</code>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \frame ****** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cframe"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.3 \frame</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cframe-110"></a>
+<code>\frame{...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\frame</code> command puts a rectangular frame around the object
+specified in the argument. The reference point is the bottom left
+corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the
+object.
+
+<!-- ************************** -->
+<!-- *** \framebox (picture) ** -->
+<!-- ************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cline">\line</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframe">\frame</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.4 \framebox</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-111"></a>
+<code>\framebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code>
+command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+it creates.
+
+ <p>The <code>framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness
+<code>\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule
+and the contents of the box.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \line ******* -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.5 \line</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cline-112"></a>
+<code>\line(x slope,y slope){length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\line</code> command draws a line of the specified <code>length</code> and
+<code>slope</code>.
+
+ <p>Note that LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x and y
+have integer values from -6 through 6.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \linethickness * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clinethickness"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cline">\line</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clinethickness-113"></a>
+<code>\linethickness{dimension}</code>
+
+ <p>Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture
+environment to be <code>dimension</code>, which must be a positive length. It
+does not affect the thickness of slanted lines and circles, or the
+quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code> to form the corners of an oval.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** \makebox (picture) ** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.7 \makebox</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"></a>
+<code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command for the picture environment is similar to
+the normal <code>\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a
+<code>width</code> and <code>height</code> in multiples of <code>\unitlength</code>.
+
+ <p>The optional argument, <code>[position]</code>, specifies the quadrant that
+your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle
+<li><code>b</code> - Moves the item to the bottom
+<li><code>l</code> - Moves the item to the left
+<li><code>r</code> - Moves the item to the right
+</ul>
+
+ <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \multiput *** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmultiput"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.8 \multiput</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmultiput-115"></a>
+<code>\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){number of copies}{object}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\multiput</code> command can be used when you are putting the same
+object in a regular pattern across a picture.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \oval ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005coval"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cput">\put</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.9 \oval</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005coval-116"></a>
+<code>\oval(width,height)[portion]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\oval</code> command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The
+optional argument, <code>[portion]</code>, allows you to select part of the
+oval.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> - Selects the top portion
+<li><code>b</code> - Selects the bottom portion
+<li><code>r</code> - Selects the right portion
+<li><code>l</code> - Selects the left portion
+</ul>
+
+ <p>Note that the &ldquo;corners&rdquo; of the oval are made with quarter circles with
+a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large &ldquo;ovals&rdquo; will look more like boxes
+with rounded corners.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \put ******** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cput"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005coval">\oval</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.10 \put</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cput-117"></a>
+<code>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\put</code> command places the item specified by the mandatory
+argument at the given coordinates.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \shortstack * -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cshortstack"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvector">\vector</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cput">\put</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cshortstack-118"></a>
+<code>\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\shortstack</code> command produces a stack of objects. The valid
+positions are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>r</code> - Moves the objects to the right of the stack
+<li><code>l</code> - Moves the objects to the left of the stack
+<li><code>c</code> - Moves the objects to the centre of the stack (default)
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \vector ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvector"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#picture">picture</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.14.12 \vector</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvector-119"></a>
+<code>\vector(x slope,y slope){length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\vector</code> command draws a line with an arrow of the specified
+length and slope. The <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> values must lie between -4
+and +4, inclusive.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** quotation ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="quotation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#quote">quote</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#picture">picture</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.15 quotation</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-quotation-120"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{quotation}
+ text
+ \end{quotation}
+</pre>
+ <p>The margins of the <code>quotation</code> environment are indented on the left
+and the right. The text is justified at both margins and there is
+paragraph indentation. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new
+paragraph.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** quote ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="quote"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quotation">quotation</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.16 quote</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-quote-123"></a><a name="index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124"></a><a name="index-Displaying-quoted-text-125"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{quote}
+ text
+ \end{quote}
+</pre>
+ <p>The margins of the <code>quote</code> environment are indented on the left and
+the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line
+between text produces a new paragraph.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** tabbing ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="tabbing"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#table">table</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#quote">quote</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.17 tabbing</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-tabbing-126"></a><a name="index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing}
+ text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
+ second row \&gt; \&gt; more \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabbing}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>tabbing</code> environment provides a way to align text in columns.
+It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much the way you do
+with an ordinary typewriter.
+
+ <p>It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant
+and known in advance.
+
+ <p>This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the <code>tabular</code>
+environment.
+
+ <p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> enviroment:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\=</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003d-129"></a>
+Sets a tab stop at the current position.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\&gt;</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003e-130"></a>
+Advances to the next tab stop.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\&lt;</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_003c-131"></a>
+This command allows you to put something to the left of the
+local margin without changing the margin.
+Can only be used at the start of the line.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\+</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002b-132"></a>
+Moves the left margin of the next and all the
+following commands one tab stop to the right.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\-</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"></a>
+Moves the left margin of the next and all the
+following commands one tab stop to the left.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\'</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"></a>
+Moves everything that you have typed so far in the
+current column, i.e. everything from the most recent <code>\&gt;</code>,
+<code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the right
+of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\`</code><dd><a name="index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"></a>
+Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
+stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last column
+because there's no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the
+text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code>
+command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing
+environment. There must be no <code>\&gt;</code> or <code>\'</code> command between
+the <code>\`</code> and the command that ends the line.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\kill</code><dd><a name="index-_005ckill-136"></a>
+Sets tab stops without producing
+text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the
+current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any
+<code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
+effect.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\pushtabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpushtabs-137"></a>
+Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for
+temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a
+<code>tabbing</code> environment.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\poptabs</code><dd><a name="index-_005cpoptabs-138"></a>
+Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\a</code><dd><a name="index-_005ca-139"></a>
+In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
+<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as normal. Instead, the commands
+<code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code> are used.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format:
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabbing}
+ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+ \&gt; begin \= \+ \\
+ \&gt; if \= n $&gt;$ 1 then \+ \\
+ fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+ else \+ \\
+ fact := 1; \-\- \\
+ end;\\
+ \end{tabbing}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** table ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="table"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#tabular">tabular</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.18 table</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-table-140"></a><a name="index-Tables_002c-creating-141"></a><a name="index-Creating-tables-142"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{table}[placement]
+
+ body of the table
+
+ \caption{table title}
+ \end{table}
+</pre>
+ <p>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+usually &ldquo;floated&rdquo; to a convenient place, like the top of a page.
+Tables will not be split between two pages.
+
+ <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try
+to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put
+a float:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>h</code> : Here - at the position in the text where the table
+environment appears.
+<li><code>t</code> : Top - at the top of a text page.
+<li><code>b</code> : Bottom - at the bottom of a text page.
+<li><code>p</code> : Page of floats - on a separate float page, which is a page
+containing no text, only floats.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The standard <code>report</code> and <code>article</code> classes use the default
+placement <code>[tbp]</code>.
+
+ <p>The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc.,
+you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your table.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** tabular ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="tabular"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#table">table</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.19 tabular</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-tabular-143"></a><a name="index-Lines-in-tables-144"></a><a name="index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
+ column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabular}
+</pre>
+ <p>or
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
+ column 1 entry &amp; column 2 entry ... &amp; column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabular*}
+</pre>
+ <p>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of
+items, aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional
+arguments consist of:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>width</code><dd>Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. There must be
+rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified
+width.
+<br><dt><code>pos</code><dd>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of
+the environment.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> - align on top row
+<li><code>b</code> - align on bottom row
+</ul>
+
+ <br><dt><code>cols</code><dd>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the
+following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and
+intercolumn material.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>l</code> - A column of left-aligned items.
+<li><code>r</code> - A column of right-aligned items.
+<li><code>c</code> - A column of centred items.
+<li><code>|</code> - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
+<li><code>@{text}</code> - This inserts <code>text</code> in every row. An @-expression
+suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any
+desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be
+included in text. An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an
+@-expression causes an extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the
+left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
+<code>\extracolsep</code> command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this
+extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An
+<code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only in an @-expression in the
+<code>cols</code> argument.
+<li><code>p{wd}</code> - Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of
+width <code>wd</code>, as if it were the argument of a <code>\parbox[t]{wd}</code>
+command. However, a <code>\\</code> may not appear in the item, except in the
+following situations:
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li>inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>.
+<li>inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>.
+<li>in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code>
+declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an
+environment when used in a <code>p</code>-column element.
+ </ol>
+<li><code>*{num}{cols}</code> - Equivalent to <code>num</code> copies of
+<code>cols</code>, where <code>num</code> is any positive integer and <code>cols</code> is
+any list of column-specifiers, which may contain another
+<code>*-expression</code>.
+
+ </ul>
+
+ </dl>
+
+ <p>These commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> environment:
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>: Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>: Make an item spanning several columns.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>: Draw a vertical line.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \cline **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.1 \cline</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccline-146"></a>
+<code>\cline{i-j}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\cline</code> command draws horizontal lines across the columns
+specified, beginning in column <code>i</code> and ending in column <code>j</code>,
+which are identified in the mandatory argument.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \hline **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccline">\cline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.2 \hline</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chline-147"></a>
+The <code>\hline</code> command will draw a horizontal line the width of the
+table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and
+between the rows of the table.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- ** \multicolumn * -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmulticolumn"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvline">\vline</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chline">\hline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmulticolumn-148"></a>
+<code>\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\multicolumn</code> is used to make an entry that spans several
+columns. The first mandatory argument, <code>cols</code>, specifies the
+number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, <code>pos</code>,
+specifies the formatting of the entry; <code>c</code> for centred, <code>l</code>
+for flushleft, <code>r</code> for flushright. The third mandatory argument,
+<code>text</code>, specifies what text is to make up the entry.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \vline **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvline"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#tabular">tabular</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.19.4 \vline</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvline-149"></a>
+The <code>\vline</code> command will draw a vertical line extending the full
+height and depth of its row. An <code>\hfill</code> command can be used to
+move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an
+@-expression.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** thebibliography **** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="thebibliography"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#theorem">theorem</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#tabular">tabular</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.20 thebibliography</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-thebibliography-150"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{thebibliography}{widest-label}
+ \bibitem[label]{cite_key}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{thebibliography}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>thebibliography</code> environment produces a bibliography or
+reference list. In the <code>article</code> class, this reference list is
+labelled &ldquo;References&rdquo;; in the <code>report</code> class, it is labelled
+&ldquo;Bibliography&rdquo;.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>widest-label</code>: Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide
+as the widest item label produces by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands.
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>: Specify a bibliography item.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>: Refer to a bibliography item.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>: Include an item in the bibliography.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>: Automatic generation of bibliographies.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \bibitem **** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cbibitem"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cbibitem-152"></a>
+<code>\bibitem[label]{cite_key}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <code>label</code>.
+If the <code>label</code> argument is missing, a number is generated as the
+<code>label</code>, using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <code>cite_key</code> is
+any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing
+a comma. This command writes an entry on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file
+containing <code>cite_key</code> and the item's <code>label</code>. When this
+<span class="file">.aux</span> file is read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the
+item's <code>label</code> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing the
+reference to <code>cite_key</code> by a <code>\cite</code> command to produce the
+associated <code>label</code>.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \cite ******* -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccite"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.2 \cite</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccite-153"></a>
+<code>\cite[text]{key_list}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>key_list</code> argument is a list of citation keys. This command
+generates an in-text citation to the references associated with the keys
+in <code>key_list</code> by entries on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file read by the
+<code>\begin{document}</code> command.
+
+ <p>The optional <code>text</code> argument will appear after the citation,
+i.e. <code>\cite[p. 2]{knuth}</code> might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'.
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \nocite ***** -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnocite"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccite">\cite</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.3 \nocite</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnocite-154"></a>
+<code>\nocite{key_list}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <code>key_list</code>,
+which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the <span class="file">.aux</span> file.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- *** Using BibTeX ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Using-BibTeX"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-Using-BibTeX-155"></a><a name="index-BibTeX_002c-using-156"></a><a name="index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"></a><a name="index-_005cbibliography-159"></a>
+If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if
+you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain
+your bibliography, you don't use the <code>thebibliography</code>
+environment. Instead, you include the lines
+
+<pre class="example"> \bibliographystyle{style}
+ \bibliography{bibfile}
+</pre>
+ <p>where <code>style</code> refers to a file <code>style.bst</code>, which defines how
+your citations will look. The standard styles distributed with BibTeX
+are:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>alpha</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of
+publication.
+<br><dt><code>plain</code><dd>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.
+<br><dt><code>unsrt</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation.
+<br><dt><code>abbrv</code><dd>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the
+demands of various publications.
+
+ <p>The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to the file
+<code>bibfile.bib</code>, which should contain your database in BibTeX
+format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <code>\nocite</code>
+will be listed in the bibliography.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** theorem ************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="theorem"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.21 theorem</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-theorem-160"></a><a name="index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{theorem}
+ theorem text
+ \end{theorem}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>theorem</code> environment produces &ldquo;Theorem x&rdquo; in boldface followed
+by your theorem text.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** titlepage ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="titlepage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#theorem">theorem</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.22 titlepage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-titlepage-162"></a><a name="index-Making-a-title-page-163"></a><a name="index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{titlepage}
+ text
+ \end{titlepage}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no
+printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be
+numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The
+<code>\today</code> command comes in handy for title pages.
+<a name="index-_005ctoday-165"></a>
+Note that you can use the <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) command to
+produce a standard title page.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** verbatim *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="verbatim"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#verse">verse</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.23 verbatim</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-verbatim-166"></a><a name="index-Simulating-typed-text-167"></a><a name="index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168"></a><a name="index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169"></a><a name="index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{verbatim}
+ text
+ \end{verbatim}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>verbatim</code> environment is a paragraph-making environment that
+gets LaTeX to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX into a
+typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that
+they would on a typewriter.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cverb">\verb</a>: The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- *** \verb ******* -->
+<!-- ***************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cverb"></a>Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h5 class="subsubsection">2.6.23.1 \verb</h5>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cverb-171"></a><a name="index-Verbatim-text-172"></a>
+
+ <p><code>\verb char literal_text char</code>
+
+ <p><code>\verb*char literal_text char</code>
+
+ <p>Typesets <code>literal_text</code> exactly as typed, including special
+characters and spaces, using a typewriter (<code>\tt</code>) type style.
+There may be no space between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and
+<code>char</code> (space is shown here only for clarity). The <code>*-form</code>
+differs only in that spaces are printed
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** verse ************** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="verse"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Environments">Environments</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.6.24 verse</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-verse-173"></a><a name="index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \begin{verse}
+ text
+ \end{verse}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>verse</code> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find
+other uses for it.
+
+ <p>The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the lines
+of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to
+separate the stanzas.
+
+<!-- ************************************ -->
+<!-- **** LEVEL2 Starts Here again. **** -->
+<!-- ************************************ -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Footnotes ********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Footnotes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Layout">Layout</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Environments">Environments</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.7 Footnotes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175"></a>
+Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be
+produced with one command, the <code>\footnote</code> command. They can also
+be produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the
+<code>\footnotetext</code> commands. See the specific command for information
+on why you would use one over the other.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>: Insert a footnote.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>: Insert footnote mark only.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>: Insert footnote text only.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \footnote ******* -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfootnote"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.7.1 \footnote</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfootnote-176"></a>
+<code>\footnote[number]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\footnote</code> command places the numbered footnote <code>text</code> at
+the bottom of the current page. The optional argument, <code>number</code>,
+is used to change the default footnote number. This command can only be
+used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning
+commands like <code>\chapter</code>, in figures, tables or in a <code>tabular</code>
+environment.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \footnotemark *** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfootnotemark"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.7.2 \footnotemark</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotemark-177"></a>
+The <code>\footnotemark</code> command puts the footnote <code>number</code> in the
+text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of
+the footnote is supplied by the <code>\footnotetext</code> command.
+
+ <p>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers
+referring to the same footnote by using
+
+ <p><code>\footnotemark[\value{footnote}]</code>
+
+ <p>after the first <code>\footnote</code> command.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \footnotetext *** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfootnotetext"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.7.3 \footnotetext</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfootnotetext-178"></a>
+<code>\footnotetext[number]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\footnotetext</code> command produces the <code>text</code> to be placed
+at the bottom of the page. This command can come anywhere after the
+<code>\footnotemark</code> command. The <code>\footnotetext</code> command must
+appear in outer paragraph mode.
+
+ <p>The optional argument, <code>number</code>, is used to change the default
+footnote number.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Lengths ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Lengths"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Letters">Letters</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Layout">Layout</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.8 Lengths</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179"></a>
+A <code>length</code> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a
+length as an argument.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>: Define a new length.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>: Set the value of a length.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>: Add a quantity to a length.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>: Set a length to the depth of something.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>: Set a length to the height of something.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>: Set a length to the width of something.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>: Lengths that are, like, predefined.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \newlength ****** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewlength"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.1 \newlength</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewlength-180"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181"></a>
+<code>\newlength{\gnat}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\newlength</code> command defines the mandatory argument,
+<code>\gnat</code>, as a <code>length</code> command with a value of <code>0in</code>. An
+error occurs if a <code>\gnat</code> command already exists.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \setlength ****** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csetlength"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.2 \setlength</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csetlength-182"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183"></a>
+<code>\setlength{\gnat}{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\setlength</code> command is used to set the value of a
+<code>length</code> command. The <code>length</code> argument can be expressed in
+any terms of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>),
+millimetres (<code>mm</code>), points (<code>pt</code>), etc.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \addtolength **** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddtolength"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.3 \addtolength</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddtolength-184"></a><a name="index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185"></a>
+<code>\addtolength{\gnat}{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a &ldquo;length command&rdquo; by the
+amount specified in the <code>length</code> argument. It can be a negative
+amount.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \settodepth ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csettodepth"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.4 \settodepth</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csettodepth-186"></a>
+<code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command
+equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \settoheight ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csettoheight"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.5 \settoheight</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csettoheight-187"></a>
+<code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command
+equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- **** \settowidth ***** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csettowidth"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.6 \settowidth</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csettowidth-188"></a>
+<code>\settowidth{\gnat}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command
+equal to the width of the <code>text</code> argument.
+
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- **** Predefined lengths ***** -->
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Predefined-lengths"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189"></a><a name="index-Predefined-lengths-190"></a>
+<code>\width</code>
+<a name="index-_005cwidth-191"></a>
+<code>\height</code>
+<a name="index-_005cheight-192"></a>
+<code>\depth</code>
+<a name="index-_005cdepth-193"></a>
+<code>\totalheight</code>
+<a name="index-_005ctotalheight-194"></a>
+These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making
+commands See <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>. They specify the natural width etc. of
+the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> +
+<code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the
+natural size, e.g., say
+
+ <p><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Letters ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Letters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.9 Letters</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Letters-195"></a><a name="index-Creating-letters-196"></a>
+You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The
+<code>letter</code> document class is designed to make a number of letters at
+once, although you can make just one if you so desire.
+
+ <p>Your <span class="file">.tex</span> source file has the same minimum commands as the other
+document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a
+minimum:
+
+<pre class="example"> \documentclass{letter}
+ \begin{document}
+ ... letters ...
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <p>Each letter is a <code>letter</code> environment, whose argument is the name
+and address of the recipient. For example, you might have:
+
+<pre class="example"> \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.
+ \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+</pre>
+ <p>The letter itself begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The text of
+the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that
+make no sense in a letter, like <code>\chapter</code>, do not work. The letter
+closes with a <code>\closing</code> command.
+
+ <p>After the <code>closing</code>, you can have additional material. The
+<code>\cc</code> command produces the usual &ldquo;cc: ...&rdquo;. There's also a similar
+<code>\encl</code> command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands,
+use <code>\\</code> to separate the items.
+
+ <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class:
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>: Your return address.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>: Cc list.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>: Saying goodbye.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>: List of enclosed material.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>: Your organisation's address.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>: Making address labels.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cname">\name</a>: Your name, for the return address.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>: Saying hello.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>: Adding a postscript.
+<li><a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>: Your signature.
+<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>: Allow page breaks.
+<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>: Disallow page breaks.
+<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>: Your phone number.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** \address ** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddress"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.1 \address</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddress-197"></a>
+<code>\address{Return address}</code>
+
+ <p>The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope.
+Separate lines of the address should be separated by <code>\\</code> commands.
+If you do not make an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will
+be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead.
+(See <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>, for details on your local implementation). If you
+give an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will be formatted
+as a personal letter.
+
+<!-- ************* -->
+<!-- ** \cc ****** -->
+<!-- ************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccc"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddress">\address</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.2 \cc</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccc-198"></a><a name="index-Cc-list-199"></a>
+<code>\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna}</code>
+
+ <p>Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each name is
+printed on a separate line.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \closing ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cclosing"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccc">\cc</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.3 \closing</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cclosing-200"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-ending-201"></a>
+<code>\closing{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The letter closes with a <code>\closing</code> command, i.e.,
+<pre class="example"> \closing{Best Regards,}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \encl ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cencl"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.4 \encl</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cencl-202"></a><a name="index-Enclosed-material-203"></a>
+<code>\encl{CV\\Certificates}</code>
+
+ <p>Generate a list of enclosed material.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \location ** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clocation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cencl">\encl</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.5 \location</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clocation-204"></a>
+<code>\location{address}</code>
+
+ <p>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only appears
+if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \makelabels * -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmakelabels"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cname">\name</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clocation">\location</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.6 \makelabels</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmakelabels-205"></a>
+<code>\makelabels{number}</code>
+
+ <p>If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet of
+address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \name ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cname"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.7 \name</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cname-206"></a>
+<code>\name{June Davenport}</code>
+
+ <p>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return
+address.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \opening ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005copening"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cname">\name</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.8 \opening</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005copening-207"></a><a name="index-Letters_002c-starting-208"></a>
+<code>\opening{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The letter begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The mandatory
+argument, <code>text</code>, is whatever text you wish to start your letter,
+i.e.,
+<pre class="example"> \opening{Dear Joe,}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \ps ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cps"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005copening">\opening</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.9 \ps</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cps-209"></a>
+<code>\ps</code>
+
+ <p>Use this command before a postscript.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \signature * -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csignature"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cps">\ps</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.10 \signature</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csignature-210"></a>
+<code>\signature{Harvey Swick}</code>
+
+ <p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the
+space for your signature. Items that should go on separate lines should
+be separated by <code>\\</code> commands.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \startbreaks ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cstartbreaks"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csignature">\signature</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.11 \startbreaks</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cstartbreaks-211"></a>
+<code>\startbreaks</code>
+
+ <p>Used after a <code>\stopbreaks</code> command to allow page breaks again.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \stopbreaks ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cstopbreaks"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cstopbreaks-212"></a>
+<code>\stopbreaks</code>
+
+ <p>Inhibit page breaks until a <code>\startbreaks</code> command occurs.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \telephone * -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctelephone"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Letters">Letters</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.9.13 \telephone</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctelephone-213"></a>
+<code>\telephone{number}</code>
+
+ <p>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
+<code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- * Line & Page Breaking ** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Line-_0026-Page-Breaking"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Letters">Letters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.10 Line &amp; Page Breaking</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Page-Breaking-214"></a><a name="index-Line-Breaking-215"></a><a name="index-Page-Formatting-216"></a>
+The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to
+translate your input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To
+produce a printed document, this string must be broken into lines, and
+these lines must be broken into pages. In some environments, you do the
+line breaking yourself with the <code>\\</code> command, but LaTeX usually
+does it for you.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>: Start a new line.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>: Insert explicit hyphenation.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>: Start a new right-hand page.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>: Start a new page.
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>: Enlarge the current page a bit.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>: Be fussy about line breaking.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>: Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>: Break the line.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>: Break the line prematurely.
+<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>: Start a new page.
+<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>: Don't break the current line.
+<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>: Don't make a page break here.
+<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>: Please make a page break here.
+<li><a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>: Be sloppy about line breaking.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ****** \\ ******** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005c_005c"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.1 \\</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005c_005c-217"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-218"></a>
+<code>\\[*][extra-space]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\\</code> command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an
+optional argument, <code>extra-space</code>, that specifies how much extra
+vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a
+negative amount.
+
+ <p>The <code>\\*</code> command is the same as the ordinary <code>\\</code> command
+except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.
+
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- ** \- (hyphenation) ** -->
+<!-- ********************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_005c">\\</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.2 \-</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220"></a>
+The <code>\-</code> command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that
+point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find all
+correct hyphenation points. The <code>\-</code> command is used for the
+exceptional cases.
+
+ <p>Note that when you insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will
+only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation
+points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.
+
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- * \cleardoublepage * -->
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ccleardoublepage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"></a><a name="index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222"></a>
+The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command ends the current page and causes all
+figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
+In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand
+(odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \clearpage **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cclearpage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.4 \clearpage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cclearpage-223"></a><a name="index-Flushing-a-page-224"></a>
+The <code>\clearpage</code> command ends the current page and causes all
+figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \enlargethispage ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cenlargethispage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cenlargethispage-225"></a><a name="index-Enlarge-current-page-226"></a>
+<code>\enlargethispage{size}</code>
+
+ <p><code>\enlargethispage*{size}</code>
+
+ <p>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page by the specified
+amount; e.g. <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one
+additional line.
+
+ <p>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page as
+much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit
+<code>\pagebreak</code>.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfussy"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.6 \fussy</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfussy-227"></a>
+<code>\fussy</code>
+
+ <p>This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy about line
+breaking. This can avoids too much space between words, but may produce
+overfull boxes.
+
+ <p>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command. <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \hyphenation ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chyphenation"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.7 \hyphenation</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chyphenation-228"></a><a name="index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229"></a>
+<code>\hyphenation{words}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\hyphenation</code> command declares allowed hyphenation points,
+where <code>words</code> is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which
+each hyphenation point is indicated by a <code>-</code> character.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \linebreak **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005clinebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.8 \linebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005clinebreak-230"></a><a name="index-Line-breaks-231"></a>
+<code>\linebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current line at
+the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>,
+you can convert the <code>\linebreak</code> command from a demand to a
+request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the
+number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+ <p>The <code>\linebreak</code> command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it
+extends to the right margin.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \newline ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.9 \newline</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewline-232"></a><a name="index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233"></a>
+The <code>\newline</code> command breaks the line right where it is. It can
+only be used in paragraph mode.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \newpage ****** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewpage"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.10 \newpage</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewpage-234"></a><a name="index-New-Page-235"></a>
+The <code>\newpage</code> command ends the current page.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \nolinebreak *** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnolinebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnolinebreak-236"></a>
+<code>\nolinebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\nolinebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current
+line at the point of the command. With the optional argument,
+<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nolinebreak</code> command from a
+demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \nopagebreak ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnopagebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnopagebreak-237"></a>
+<code>\nopagebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\nopagebreak</code> command prevents LaTeX from breaking the current
+page at the point of the command. With the optional argument,
+<code>number</code>, you can convert the <code>\nopagebreak</code> command from a
+demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \pagebreak **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpagebreak"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.13 \pagebreak</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpagebreak-238"></a><a name="index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239"></a>
+<code>\pagebreak[number]</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\pagebreak</code> command tells LaTeX to break the current page at
+the point of the command. With the optional argument, <code>number</code>,
+you can convert the <code>\pagebreak</code> command from a demand to a
+request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the
+number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csloppy"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.10.14 \sloppy</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csloppy-240"></a>
+<code>\sloppy</code>
+
+ <p>This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This can
+prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space between words.
+
+ <p>Lasts until a <code>\fussy</code> command is issued. <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** Making Paragraphs *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Making-Paragraphs"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.11 Making Paragraphs</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Making-paragraphs-241"></a><a name="index-Paragraphs-242"></a>
+A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines &mdash; lines not
+containing even a <code>%</code>. A blank line should not appear where a new
+paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of
+a sectioning command.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>: Indent this paragraph.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>: Do not indent this paragraph.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>: Another way of writing a blank line.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \indent ******* -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cindent"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.11.1 \indent</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cindent-243"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-forcing-244"></a>
+<code>\indent</code>
+
+ <p>This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the
+paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it
+would otherwise be suppressed.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \noindent ***** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnoindent"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpar">\par</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cindent">\indent</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.11.2 \noindent</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnoindent-245"></a><a name="index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246"></a>
+<code>\noindent</code>
+
+ <p>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the paragraph
+indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \par ********** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpar"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.11.3 \par</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpar-247"></a><a name="index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248"></a>
+Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or environment
+definitions easier to read.
+
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- *** Margin Notes *** -->
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Margin-Notes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.12 Margin Notes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Margin-Notes-249"></a><a name="index-Notes-in-the-margin-250"></a><a name="index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251"></a>
+The command <code>\marginpar[left]{right}</code> creates a note in the margin.
+The first line will be at the same height as the line in the text where
+the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs.
+
+ <p>When you only specify the mandatory argument <code>right</code>, the text will
+be placed
+
+ <ul>
+<li>in the right margin for one-sided layout
+<li>in the outside margin for two-sided layout
+<li>in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>By issuing the command <code>\reversemarginpar</code>, you can force the marginal
+notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.
+
+ <p>When you specify both arguments, <code>left</code> is used for the left
+margin, and <code>right</code> is used for the right margin.
+
+ <p>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
+hyphenation by prefixing the first word with a <code>\hspace{0pt}</code>
+command.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Math Formulae ****** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Math-Formulae"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Modes">Modes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.13 Math Formulae</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Math-Formulae-252"></a><a name="index-Formulae_002c-maths-253"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254"></a><a name="index-_005c_0028-255"></a><a name="index-_005c_0029-256"></a><a name="index-_005c_005b-257"></a><a name="index-_005c_005d-258"></a><a name="index-_0024-259"></a>
+There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode:
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>math</code><dd>For Formulae that appear right in the text.
+<br><dt><code>displaymath</code><dd>For Formulae that appear on their own line.
+<br><dt><code>equation</code><dd>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation
+number in the right margin.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode,
+but the <code>displaymath</code> and <code>equation</code> environments can be used
+only in paragraph mode. The <code>math</code> and <code>displaymath</code>
+environments are used so often that they have the following short forms:
+
+<pre class="example"> \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
+
+ \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+</pre>
+ <p>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even
+shorter form:
+
+<pre class="example"> $ ... $ instead of \(...\)
+</pre>
+ <p><a name="index-exponent-260"></a>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a>: Also known as exponent or index.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>: Various mathematical squiggles.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>: Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- * Subscripts & Superscripts * -->
+<!-- ***************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.1 Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Superscript-261"></a><a name="index-Subscript-262"></a><a name="index-_005f-263"></a><a name="index-_005e-264"></a>
+To get an expression <i>exp</i> to appear as a subscript, you just type
+<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. To get <i>exp</i> to appear as a superscript, you type
+<code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of
+that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when
+something has both a subscript and a superscript.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** Math Symbols ** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Math-Symbols"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.2 Math Symbols</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Maths-symbols-265"></a><a name="index-Symbols-266"></a><a name="index-Greek-letters-267"></a>
+
+<!-- ************************ -->
+<!-- * Spacing in Math Mode * -->
+<!-- ************************ -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Spacing-in-Math-Mode"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268"></a><a name="index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269"></a>
+
+ <p>In a <code>math</code> environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts
+in the spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the
+way it's done in mathematics texts. If you want different spacing,
+LaTeX provides the following four commands for use in math mode:
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005c_003b-270"></a><a name="index-_005cCOLON-271"></a><a name="index-_005c_002c-272"></a><a name="index-_005c_0021-273"></a>
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li><code>\;</code> - a thick space
+<li><code>\:</code> - a medium space
+<li><code>\,</code> - a thin space
+<li><code>\!</code> - a negative thin space
+ </ol>
+
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- * Math Miscellany * -->
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Math-Miscellany"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Maths-Miscellany-274"></a>
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\cdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005ccdots-275"></a>Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised to the centre
+of the line.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\ddots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cddots-276"></a>Produces a diagonal ellipsis.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\frac{num}{den}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfrac-277"></a>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\ldots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cldots-278"></a>Produces an ellipsis. This command works in
+any mode, not just math mode.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\overbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverbrace-279"></a>Generates a brace over text.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\overline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005coverline-280"></a>Causes the argument text to be overlined.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\sqrt[root]{arg}</code><dd><a name="index-_005csqrt-281"></a>Produces the square root of its argument. The
+optional argument, <code>root</code>, determines what root to produce, i.e.,
+the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as <code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\underbrace{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderbrace-282"></a>Generates text with a brace underneath.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\underline{text}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cunderline-283"></a>Causes the argument text to be underlined.
+This command can also be used in paragraph and LR modes.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\vdots</code><dd><a name="index-_005cvdots-284"></a>Produces a vertical ellipsis.
+
+ </dl>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ******* Modes *********** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Modes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.14 Modes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Modes-285"></a><a name="index-Paragraph-mode-286"></a><a name="index-Math-mode-287"></a><a name="index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288"></a><a name="index-LR-mode-289"></a>
+
+ <p>When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three
+modes:
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Paragraph mode
+<li>Math mode
+<li>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
+</ul>
+
+ <p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a
+different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes.
+Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when
+LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands.
+
+ <p>&ldquo;Paragraph mode&rdquo; is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when
+processing ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into
+lines and breaks the lines into pages. LaTeX is in &ldquo;math mode&rdquo; when
+it's generating a mathematical formula. In &ldquo;LR mode&rdquo;, as in paragraph
+mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of
+words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX
+keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode.
+Even if you put a hundred words into an <code>\mbox</code>, LaTeX would keep
+typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then
+complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
+
+ <p>LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an <code>\mbox</code>
+command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for
+example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box.
+There are also several text-producing commands and environments for
+making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of
+these commands or environments will be called a <code>parbox</code>. When
+LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in
+&ldquo;inner paragraph mode&rdquo;. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out
+in, is called &ldquo;outer paragraph mode&rdquo;.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ***** Page Styles ******* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Page-Styles"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Modes">Modes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.15 Page Styles</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Styles_002c-page-290"></a><a name="index-Page-styles-291"></a>
+The <code>\documentclass</code> command determines the size and position of
+the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>: Generate a title page.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>: Set the style used for page numbers.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>: Change the headings/footings style for this page.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \maketitle **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmaketitle"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.1 \maketitle</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Title-making-292"></a><a name="index-_005cmaketitle-293"></a>
+<code>\maketitle</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\maketitle</code> command generates a title on a separate title page
+- except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title normally goes at
+the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is
+obtained from the following declarations:
+
+ <p>See <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>, for the commands to give the information.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>: Who wrote this stuff?
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>: The date the document was created.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>: A special form of footnote.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>: How to set the document title.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- * \author * -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cauthor"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.2 \author</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cauthor-294"></a><a name="index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295"></a>
+<code>\author{names}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\author</code> command declares the author(s), where <code>names</code> is
+a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. Use <code>\\</code> to
+separate lines within a single author's entry &ndash; for example, to give
+the author's institution or address.
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- ** \date ** -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cdate"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cauthor">\author</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.3 \date</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cdate-296"></a><a name="index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297"></a>
+<code>\date{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\date</code> command declares <i>text</i> to be the document's date. With
+no <code>\date</code> command, the current date is used.
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- * \thanks * -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cthanks"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctitle">\title</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdate">\date</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.4 \thanks</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cthanks-298"></a><a name="index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299"></a>
+<code>\thanks{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title.
+
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- * \title ** -->
+<!-- *********** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctitle"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.5 \title</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctitle-300"></a><a name="index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301"></a>
+<code>\title{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\title</code> command declares <code>text</code> to be the title. Use
+<code>\\</code> to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long title.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \pagenumbering * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpagenumbering"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpagenumbering-302"></a><a name="index-Page-numbering-303"></a>
+<code>\pagenumbering{num_style}</code>
+
+ <p>Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of <code>num_style</code> are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>arabic</code> - Arabic numerals
+<li><code>roman</code> - Lowercase Roman numerals
+<li><code>Roman</code> - Uppercase Roman numerals
+<li><code>alph</code> - Lowercase letters
+<li><code>Alph</code> - Uppercase letters
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- ** \pagestyle **** -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cpagestyle"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.7 \pagestyle</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cpagestyle-304"></a>
+<code>\pagestyle{option}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\pagestyle</code> command changes the style from the current page on
+throughout the remainder of your document.
+
+ <p>The valid options are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>plain</code> - Just a plain page number.
+<li><code>empty</code> - Produces empty heads and feet - no page numbers.
+<li><code>headings</code> - Puts running headings on each page. The document
+style specifies what goes in the headings.
+<li><code>myheadings</code> - You specify what is to go in the heading with the
+<code>\markboth</code> or the <code>\markright</code> commands.
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>: Set left and right headings.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>: Set right heading only.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \markboth ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmarkboth"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.8 \markboth</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmarkboth-305"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \markboth{left head}{right head}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>\markboth</code> command is used in
+conjunction with the page style <code>myheadings</code> for setting
+both the left and the right heading. You should note that a &ldquo;left-hand
+heading&rdquo; is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the
+end of the page, while a &ldquo;right-hand heading&rdquo; is generated by the first
+<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is
+one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \markright ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL4 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmarkright"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.9 \markright</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmarkright-306"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \markright{right head}
+</pre>
+ <p>The <code>\markright</code> command is used in conjunction with the page style
+<code>myheadings</code> for setting the right heading, leaving the left
+heading unchanged. You should note that a &ldquo;left-hand heading&rdquo; is
+generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the end of the
+page, while a &ldquo;right-hand heading&rdquo; is generated by the first
+<code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is
+one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \thispagestyle * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cthispagestyle"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cthispagestyle-307"></a>
+<code>\thispagestyle{option}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the
+<code>\pagestyle</code> command except that it changes the style for the
+current page only.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ***** Sectioning ******** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Sectioning"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.16 Sectioning</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Sectioning-308"></a><a name="index-_005cchapter-309"></a><a name="index-_005csubsubsection-310"></a><a name="index-_005csubsection-311"></a><a name="index-_005cparagraph-312"></a><a name="index-_005csubparagraph-313"></a>
+Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>\part</code>
+<li><code>\chapter</code> (report and book class only)
+<li><code>\section</code>
+<li><code>\subsection</code>
+<li><code>\subsubsection</code>
+<li><code>\paragraph</code>
+<li><code>\subparagraph</code>
+</ul>
+
+ <p>All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,
+
+ <p><code>\chapter[optional]{title}</code>
+
+ <p>In addition to providing the heading in the text, the mandatory argument
+of the sectioning command can appear in two other places:
+
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li>The table of contents
+<li>The running head at the top of the page
+ </ol>
+
+ <p>You may not want the same thing to appear in these other two places as
+appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, the sectioning
+commands have an <code>optional</code> argument that provides the text for
+these other two purposes.
+
+ <p>All sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print a <i>title</i>,
+but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of
+contents.
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005cappendix-314"></a><a name="index-Appendix_002c-creating-315"></a>
+<code>\appendix</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way sectional units are
+numbered. The <code>\appendix</code> command generates no text and does not
+affect the numbering of parts.
+The normal use of this command is something like
+
+<pre class="example"> \chapter{The First Chapter}
+ ...
+ \appendix
+ \chapter{The First Appendix}
+</pre>
+ <!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- **** Spaces & Boxes ***** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Spaces-_0026-Boxes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Spaces-316"></a><a name="index-Boxes-317"></a>
+All the predefined length parameters (see <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a>) can be
+used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
+
+</li></ul>
+<p>Horizontal space
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal dots.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>: Stretchable horizontal space.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>: Stretchable horizontal rule.
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>: Fixed horizontal space.
+Vertical space
+<li><a accesskey="5" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="6" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="7" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="8" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+<li><a accesskey="9" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>: Stretchable vertical space.
+<li><a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>: Fixed vertical space.
+Boxes
+<li><a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>: Framebox.
+<li><a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>: Framebox, adjustable position.
+<li><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>: An environment like \sbox.
+<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>: Box, adjustable position.
+<li><a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>: Box.
+<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>: Declare a name for saving a box.
+<li><a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>: Box with text in paragraph mode.
+<li><a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>: Raise or lower text.
+<li><a href="#_005crule">\rule</a>: Lines and squares.
+<li><a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>: Like \makebox, but save the text for later use.
+<li><a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>: Like \mbox, but save the text for later use.
+<li><a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>: Print saved text.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \dotfill *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cdotfill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.1 \dotfill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cdotfill-318"></a>
+The <code>\dotfill</code> command produces a &ldquo;rubber length&rdquo; that produces dots
+instead of just spaces.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \hfill ***** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chfill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.2 \hfill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chfill-319"></a>
+The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a &ldquo;rubber length&rdquo; which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \hrulefill ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chrulefill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.3 \hrulefill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chrulefill-320"></a>
+The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a &ldquo;rubber length&rdquo; which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal
+rule.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \hspace **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005chspace"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.4 \hspace</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005chspace-321"></a>
+<code>\hspace[*]{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\hspace</code> command adds horizontal space. The length of the
+space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e.,
+points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space
+with an <code>\hspace</code> command. Adding negative space is like
+backspacing.
+
+ <p>LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you
+don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code>
+argument. Then the space is never removed.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \addvspace ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddvspace"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.5 \addvspace</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddvspace-322"></a><a name="index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323"></a><a name="index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324"></a>
+<code>\addvspace{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addvspace</code> command normally adds a vertical space of height
+length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same
+point in the output by a previous <code>\addvspace</code> command, then this
+command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length
+of the total vertical space equal to <code>length</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \bigskip *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cbigskip"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.6 \bigskip</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cbigskip-325"></a>
+The <code>\bigskip</code> command is equivalent to
+<code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code> where <code>bigskipamount</code> is determined
+by the document class.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \medskip *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmedskip"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.7 \medskip</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmedskip-326"></a>
+The <code>\medskip</code> command is equivalent to
+<code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code> where <code>medskipamount</code> is determined
+by the document class.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \smallskip ** -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csmallskip"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.8 \smallskip</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csmallskip-327"></a>
+<code>\smallskip</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\smallskip</code> command is equivalent to
+<code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code> where <code>smallskipamount</code> is
+determined by the document class.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \vfill ***** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvfill"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.9 \vfill</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvfill-328"></a>
+The <code>\vfill</code> fill command produces a rubber length which can
+stretch or shrink vertically.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \vspace **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cvspace"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.10 \vspace</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cvspace-329"></a>
+<code>\vspace[*]{length}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\vspace</code> command adds vertical space. The length of the space
+can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, i.e., points,
+inches, etc. You can add negative as well as positive space with an
+<code>\vspace</code> command.
+
+ <p>LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you
+don't want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional <code>*</code>
+argument. Then the space is never removed.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \fbox ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cfbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.11 \fbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cfbox-330"></a>
+<code>\fbox{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\fbox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\mbox</code>
+command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+it creates.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \framebox ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cframebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.12 \framebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cframebox-331"></a>
+<code>\framebox[width][position]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\framebox</code> command is exactly the same as the <code>\makebox</code>
+command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+it creates.
+
+ <p>The framebox command produces a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code>, and
+leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the
+box.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** lrbox **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="lrbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.13 lrbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-lrbox-332"></a>
+<code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code>
+
+ <p>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>.
+
+ <p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code>cmd</code>, which
+must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** \makebox ** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmakebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#lrbox">lrbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.14 \makebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmakebox-333"></a>
+<code>\makebox[width][position]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\makebox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to contain
+the <code>text</code> specified. The width of the box is specified by the
+optional <code>width</code> argument. The position of the text within the box
+is determined by the optional <code>position</code> argument.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>c</code> &mdash; centred (default)
+<li><code>l</code> &mdash; flushleft
+<li><code>r</code> &mdash; flushright
+<li><code>s</code> &mdash; stretch from left to right margin. The text must contain
+stretchable space for this to work.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>See <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \mbox ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cmbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.15 \mbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cmbox-334"></a>
+<code>\mbox{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text
+created by its argument.
+
+ <p>Use this command to prevent text from being split across lines.
+
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- ** \newsavebox * -->
+<!-- **************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cnewsavebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.16 \newsavebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cnewsavebox-335"></a>
+<code>\newsavebox{cmd}</code>
+
+ <p>Declares <code>cmd</code>, which must be a command name that is not already
+defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \parbox **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cparbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.17 \parbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cparbox-336"></a>
+<code>\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>A <code>parbox</code> is a box whose contents are created in <code>paragraph</code>
+mode. The <code>\parbox</code> has two mandatory arguments:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>width</code> - specifies the width of the parbox, and
+<li><code>text</code> - the text that goes inside the parbox.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>LaTeX will position a <code>parbox</code> so its centre lines up with the centre of
+the text line. The optional <i>position</i> argument allows you
+to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox (default is top).
+
+ <p>If the <i>height</i> argument is not given, the box will have the natural
+height of the text.
+
+ <p>The <i>inner-pos</i> argument controls the placement of the text inside the
+box. If it is not specified, <i>position</i> is used.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>t</code> &mdash; text is placed at the top of the box.
+<li><code>c</code> &mdash; text is centred in the box.
+<li><code>b</code> &mdash; text is placed at the bottom of the box.
+<li><code>s</code> &mdash; stretch vertically. The text must contain
+vertically stretchable space for this to work.
+</ul>
+
+ <p>A <code>\parbox</code> command is used for a parbox containing a small piece
+of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use
+any of the paragraph-making environments inside a <code>\parbox</code>
+argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a
+paragraph-making environment, you should use a <code>minipage</code>
+environment See <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \raisebox ** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005craisebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.18 \raisebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005craisebox-337"></a>
+<code>\raisebox{distance}[extend-above][extend-below]{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\raisebox</code> command is used to raise or lower text. The first
+mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be raised (or
+lowered if it is a negative amount). The text itself is processed in
+<code>LR mode</code>.
+
+ <p>Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a different
+size than it really does - or a different size than LaTeX would
+normally think it has. The <code>\raisebox</code> command lets you tell
+LaTeX how tall it is.
+
+ <p>The first optional argument, <code>extend-above</code>, makes LaTeX think
+that the text extends above the line by the amount specified. The
+second optional argument, <code>extend-below</code>, makes LaTeX think that
+the text extends below the line by the amount specified.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \rule ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005crule"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.19 \rule</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005crule-338"></a>
+<code>\rule[raise-height]{width}{thickness}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\rule</code> command is used to produce horizontal lines. The
+arguments are defined as follows:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>raise-height</code> - specifies how high to raise the rule (optional)
+<li><code>width</code> - specifies the length of the rule (mandatory)
+<li><code>thickness</code> - specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory)
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \savebox *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csavebox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005crule">\rule</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.20 \savebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csavebox-339"></a>
+<pre class="example"> \savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text}
+</pre>
+ <p>This command typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\makebox</code>.
+However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin
+<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \sbox ****** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005csbox"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.21 \sbox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005csbox-340"></a>
+<code>\sbox{text}</code>
+
+ <p>This commands typeset <code>text</code> in a box just as for <code>\mbox</code>.
+However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in bin
+<code>cmd</code>, which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \usebox **** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cusebox"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.17.22 \usebox</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cusebox-341"></a>
+<code>\usebox{cmd}</code>
+
+ <p>Prints the box most recently saved in bin <code>cmd</code> by a
+<code>\savebox</code> command.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ** Special Characters *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Special-Characters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.18 Special Characters</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Special-Characters-342"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-special-343"></a><a name="index-Reserved-Characters-344"></a><a name="index-Characters_002c-reserved-345"></a>
+The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called
+&ldquo;special printing characters&rdquo;, or simply &ldquo;special characters&rdquo;.
+
+<pre class="example"> # $ % &amp; ~ _ ^ \ { }
+</pre>
+ <p>Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, you are
+doing something special. If you simply want the character to be printed
+just as any other letter, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character.
+For example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output.
+
+ <p>One exception to this rule is the <code>\</code> itself because <code>\\</code> has
+its own special meaning. A <code>\</code> is produced by typing
+<code>$\backslash$</code> in your file.
+
+ <p>Also, <code>\~</code> means `place a tilde accent over the following letter',
+so you will probably want to use <code>\verb</code> instead.
+
+ <p><a name="index-_005cbackslash-346"></a><a name="index-_005csymbol-347"></a><a name="index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348"></a>
+In addition, you can access any character of a font once you know its
+number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the character
+used for displaying spaces in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code
+decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>.
+
+ <p>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers
+with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as
+<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ** Splitting the Input ** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Splitting-the-Input"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.19 Splitting the Input</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Splitting-the-input-file-349"></a><a name="index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350"></a>
+
+ <p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole
+input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into
+several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use,
+there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type
+when you run LaTeX.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>: Conditionally include a file.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>: Determine which files are included.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>: Unconditionally include a file.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \include *** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cinclude"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.19.1 \include</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cinclude-351"></a>
+<code>\include{file}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\include</code> command is used in conjunction with the
+<code>\includeonly</code> command for selective inclusion of files. The
+<code>file</code> argument is the first name of a file, denoting
+<span class="file">file.tex</span>. If <code>file</code> is one the file names in the file list
+of the <code>\includeonly</code> command or if there is no <code>\includeonly</code>
+command, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to
+
+<pre class="example"> \clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
+</pre>
+ <p>except that if the file <span class="file">file.tex</span> does not exist, then a warning
+message rather than an error is produced. If the file is not in the
+file list, the <code>\include</code> command is equivalent to <code>\clearpage</code>.
+
+ <p>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file
+read by another <code>\include</code> command.
+
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- ** \includeonly *** -->
+<!-- ******************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cincludeonly"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005cinput">\input</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cinclude">\include</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.19.2 \includeonly</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cincludeonly-352"></a>
+<code>\includeonly{</code><i>file_list</i><code>}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read in by
+an <code>\include</code> command. <i>file_list</i> should be a comma-separated
+list of filenames. Each filename must match exactly a filename specified
+in a <code>\include</code> command. This command can only appear in the
+preamble.
+
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- ** \input ***** -->
+<!-- *************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005cinput"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.19.3 \input</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005cinput-353"></a>
+<code>\input{file}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\input</code> command causes the indicated <code>file</code> to be read and
+processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the current
+file at that point. The file name may be a complete file name with
+extension or just a first name, in which case the file <span class="file">file.tex</span>
+is used.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** Starting & Ending *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Starting-_0026-Ending"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.20 Starting &amp; Ending</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354"></a><a name="index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355"></a>
+Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum:
+
+<pre class="example"> \documentclass{class}
+ \begin{document}
+ ... your text goes here ...
+ \end{document}
+</pre>
+ <p>where the <code>class</code> selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX.
+See <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a>, (and see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>), for details of the
+various document classes available locally.
+
+ <p>You may include other LaTeX commands between the <code>\documentclass</code>
+and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (i.e., in the `preamble').
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- *** Table of Contents *** -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Table-of-Contents"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.21 Table of Contents</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356"></a>
+
+ <p>A table of contents is produced with the
+<code>\tableofcontents</code>
+<a name="index-_005ctableofcontents-357"></a>command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents
+to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does
+not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the
+table of contents, include a <code>\newpage</code> command after the
+<code>\tableofcontents</code> command.
+
+ <p>There are similar commands
+<code>\listoffigures</code>
+<a name="index-_005clistoffigures-358"></a>and
+<code>\listoftables</code>
+<a name="index-_005clistoftables-359"></a> for producing a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively.
+Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents.
+
+ <p>NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot have
+the
+<code>\nofiles</code>
+<a name="index-_005cnofiles-360"></a>command in your document.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>: Add an entry to table of contents etc.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>: Add text directly to table of contents file etc.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- * \addcontentsline * -->
+<!-- ******************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddcontentsline"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddcontentsline-361"></a>
+<code>\addcontentsline{file}{sec_unit}{entry}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command adds an entry to the specified list
+or table where:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be
+written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures),
+or <code>lot</code> (list of tables).
+<li><code>sec_unit</code> controls the formatting of the entry. It should be one
+of the following, depending upon the value of the file argument:
+ <ol type=1 start=1>
+<li><code>toc</code> &mdash; the name of the sectional unit, such as part or subsection.
+<li><code>lof</code> &mdash; figure
+<li><code>lot</code> &mdash; table
+ </ol>
+<li><code>entry</code> is the text of the entry.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- * \addtocontents * -->
+<!-- ****************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005caddtocontents"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.21.2 \addtocontents</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005caddtocontents-362"></a>
+<code>\addtocontents{file}{text}</code>
+
+ <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code> command adds text (or formatting commands) directly
+to the file that generates the table of contents or list of figures or
+tables.
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>file</code> is the extension of the file on which information is to be
+written: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures),
+or <code>lot</code> (list of tables).
+<li><code>text</code> is the information to be written.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- * Terminal Input/Output * -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Terminal-Input_002fOutput"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Input_002fOutput-363"></a><a name="index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364"></a>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>: Read text from the terminal.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>: Write text to the terminal.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \typein **** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctypein"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.22.1 \typein</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctypein-365"></a>
+<code>\typein[cmd]{msg}</code>
+
+ <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for
+you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the <code>cmd</code>
+argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if it had been
+included in the input file in place of the <code>\typein</code> command. If
+the <code>cmd</code> argument is present, it must be a command name. This
+command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- * \typeout *** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="_005ctypeout"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.22.2 \typeout</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-_005ctypeout-366"></a>
+<code>\typeout{msg}</code>
+
+ <p>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code>log</code> file. Commands
+in <code>msg</code> that are defined with <code>\newcommand</code> or
+<code>\renewcommand</code> are replaced by their definitions before being
+printed.
+
+ <p>LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as
+a single space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to
+<code>msg</code>. A <code>\space</code> command in <code>msg</code> causes a single space
+to be printed. A <code>^^J</code> in <code>msg</code> prints a newline.
+
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- ***** Typefaces ********* -->
+<!-- ************************* -->
+<!-- LEVEL2 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Typefaces"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Commands">Commands</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">2.23 Typefaces</h3>
+
+<p><a name="index-Typefaces-367"></a><a name="index-Fonts-368"></a>
+The <code>typeface</code> is specified by giving the &ldquo;size&rdquo; and &ldquo;style&rdquo;. A
+typeface is also called a &ldquo;font&rdquo;.
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#Styles">Styles</a>: Select roman, italics etc.
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>: Select point size.
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>: Commands for wizards.
+</ul>
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** Styles **** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Styles"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.23.1 \Styles</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Font-Styles-369"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Styles-370"></a><a name="index-Styles-of-text-371"></a>
+
+ <p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+ <p>These commands are used like <code>\textit{italics text}</code>. The
+corresponding command in parenthesis is the &ldquo;declaration form&rdquo;, which
+takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the
+next type style command or the end of the current group.
+
+ <p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say
+<code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> to get sans serif boldface.
+
+ <p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; e.g.
+<code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm-372"></a><a name="index-_005crmfamily-373"></a>Roman.
+<br><dt><code>\textit (\itshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextit-374"></a><a name="index-_005citshape-375"></a><br><dt><code>\emph</code><dd><a name="index-_005cemph-376"></a>Emphasis (toggles between \textit and \textrm).
+<br><dt><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextmd-377"></a><a name="index-_005cmdseries-378"></a>Medium weight (default). The opposite of boldface.
+<br><dt><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextbf-379"></a><a name="index-_005cbfseries-380"></a>Boldface.
+<br><dt><code>\textup (\upshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextup-381"></a><a name="index-_005cupshape-382"></a>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted.
+<br><dt><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsl-383"></a><a name="index-_005cslshape-384"></a>Slanted.
+<br><dt><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsf-385"></a><a name="index-_005csffamily-386"></a>Sans serif.
+<br><dt><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextsc-387"></a><a name="index-_005cscshape-388"></a>Small caps.
+<br><dt><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctexttt-389"></a><a name="index-_005cttfamily-390"></a>Typewriter.
+<br><dt><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctextnormal-391"></a><a name="index-_005cnormalfont-392"></a>Main document font.
+<br><dt><code>\mathrm</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathrm-393"></a>Roman, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathbf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathbf-394"></a>Boldface, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathsf</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathsf-395"></a>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathtt</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathtt-396"></a>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
+<br><dt><code>\mathit</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathit-397"></a>Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with several letters.
+<br><dt><code>\mathnormal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathnormal-398"></a>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration.
+<br><dt><code>\mathcal</code><dd><a name="index-_005cmathcal-399"></a>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
+</dl>
+
+ <p>In addition, the command
+<code>\mathversion{bold}</code>
+<a name="index-_005cmathversion-400"></a>can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in
+formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
+
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- ** Sizes ***** -->
+<!-- ************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Sizes"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Styles">Styles</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.23.2 Sizes</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Font-Sizes-401"></a><a name="index-Typeface-Sizes-402"></a><a name="index-Sizes-of-text-403"></a>
+
+ <p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+ <p>The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the
+declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of
+the current group.
+
+ <p>You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g.
+<code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\tiny</code><dd><a name="index-_005ctiny-404"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\scriptsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cscriptsize-405"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\footnotesize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfootnotesize-406"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\small</code><dd><a name="index-_005csmall-407"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\normalsize</code><dd><a name="index-_005cnormalsize-408"></a>(default)
+
+ <br><dt><code>\large</code><dd><a name="index-_005clarge-409"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\Large</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLarge-410"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\LARGE</code><dd><a name="index-_005cLARGE-411"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005chuge-412"></a>
+<br><dt><code>\Huge</code><dd><a name="index-_005cHuge-413"></a></dl>
+
+<!-- ******************************** -->
+<!-- ** Low-level font commands ***** -->
+<!-- ******************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL3 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Sizes">Sizes</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h4 class="subsection">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</h4>
+
+<p><a name="index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414"></a><a name="index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415"></a>
+These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
+packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
+ones. For full details, you should consult Chapter 7 of <cite>The LaTeX
+Companion</cite>.
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>\fontencoding{enc}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontencoding-416"></a>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <code>OT1</code> and <code>T1</code>.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontfamily{family}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontfamily-417"></a>Select font family. Valid families include:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>cmr</code> for Computer Modern Roman
+<li><code>cmss</code> for Computer Modern Sans Serif
+<li><code>cmtt</code> for Computer Modern Typewriter
+</ul>
+
+ <p>and numerous others.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontseries{series}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontseries-418"></a>Select font series. Valid series include:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>m</code> Medium (normal)
+<li><code>b</code> Bold
+<li><code>c</code> Condensed
+<li><code>bc</code> Bold condensed
+<li><code>bx</code> Bold extended
+</ul>
+
+ <p>and various other combinations.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontshape{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontshape-419"></a>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
+
+ <ul>
+<li><code>n</code> Upright (normal)
+<li><code>it</code> Italic
+<li><code>sl</code> Slanted (oblique)
+<li><code>sc</code> Small caps
+<li><code>ui</code> Upright italics
+<li><code>ol</code> Outline
+</ul>
+
+ <p>The two last shapes are not available for most font families.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\fontsize{size}{skip}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cfontsize-420"></a>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to; the
+second is the <code>\baselineskip</code> to use. The unit of both parameters
+defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the baselineskip should be 1.2
+times the font size.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\selectfont</code><dd><a name="index-_005cselectfont-421"></a>The changes made by calling the four font commands described above do
+not come into effect until <code>\selectfont</code> is called.
+
+ <br><dt><code>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</code><dd><a name="index-_005cusefont-422"></a>Equivalent to calling <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
+<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>.
+</dl>
+
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- ************* PARAMETERS *************** -->
+<!-- **************************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Parameters"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Commands">Commands</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="chapter">3 Parameters</h2>
+
+<p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX
+uses <span class="file">.tex</span> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file
+entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command
+options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g.
+
+ <p><code>latex ``\scrollmode\input foo.tex''</code>
+
+ <p>will process <span class="file">foo.tex</span> without pausing after every error.
+
+ <p>Output files are always created in the current directory. When you fail
+to specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names on the file
+specification associated with the logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically
+<code>texput.log</code>.
+
+<!-- *************************** -->
+<!-- ******* INDICES ******** -->
+<!-- *************************** -->
+<!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Concept-Index"></a>Next:&nbsp;<a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>,
+Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Parameters">Parameters</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="unnumbered">Concept Index</h2>
+
+<ul class="index-cp" compact>
+<li><a href="#index-Accessing-any-character-of-a-font-348">Accessing any character of a font</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Aligning-Equations-73">Aligning Equations</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Appendix_002c-creating-315">Appendix, creating</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Arrays_002c-math-60">Arrays, math</a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-article-class-41">article class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Author_002c-for-titlepage-295">Author, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028automatically_0029-157">Bibliography, creating (automatically)</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029-151">Bibliography, creating (manually)</a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-BibTeX_002c-using-156">BibTeX, using</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-book-class-43">book class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Boxes-317">Boxes</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cc-list-199">Cc list</a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Centering-text-65">Centering text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Centering-text_002c-environment-for-63">Centering text, environment for</a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-reserved-345">Characters, reserved</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Characters_002c-special-343">Characters, special</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Classes-of-document-40">Classes of document</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Commands_002c-defining-new-ones-28">Commands, defining new ones</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Computer-programs_002c-typesetting-170">Computer programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-a-list-of-3">Counters, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-creating-11">Counters, creating</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-getting-the-value-of-20">Counters, getting the value of</a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Counters_002c-setting-17">Counters, setting</a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Creating-letters-196">Creating letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Creating-pictures-106">Creating pictures</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Creating-tables-142">Creating tables</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-21">Cross referencing</a>: <a href="#Cross-References">Cross References</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-page-number-24">Cross referencing using page number</a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Cross-referencing-using-section-number-26">Cross referencing using section number</a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Date_002c-for-titlepage-297">Date, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-a-new-command-29">Defining a new command</a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-environments-32">Defining new environments</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-fonts-38">Defining new fonts</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Defining-new-theorems-35">Defining new theorems</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-125">Displaying quoted text</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation-122">Displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Document-Classes-39">Document Classes</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Enclosed-material-203">Enclosed material</a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ending-_0026-Starting-355">Ending &amp; Starting</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Enlarge-current-page-226">Enlarge current page</a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Environments-57">Environments</a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Environments_002c-defining-31">Environments, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-aligning-72">Equations, aligning</a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Equations_002c-environment-for-76">Equations, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-exponent-260">exponent</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Figures_002c-footnotes-in-103">Figures, footnotes in</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Flushing-a-page-224">Flushing a page</a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel-415">Font commands, low-level</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Font-Sizes-401">Font Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Font-Styles-369">Font Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Fonts-368">Fonts</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Fonts_002c-new-commands-for-37">Fonts, new commands for</a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Footnotes-in-figures-102">Footnotes in figures</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-creating-175">Footnotes, creating</a>: <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Formatting-Text-66">Formatting Text</a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-environment-for-77">Formulae, environment for</a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Formulae_002c-maths-253">Formulae, maths</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Global-options-49">Global options</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Greek-letters-267">Greek letters</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-defining-229">Hyphenation, defining</a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Hyphenation_002c-forcing-220">Hyphenation, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-forcing-244">Indent, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Indent_002c-suppressing-246">Indent, suppressing</a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Input-file_002c-splitting-350">Input file, splitting</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Input_002fOutput-363">Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Inserting-figures-79">Inserting figures</a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-left-93">Justification, ragged left</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Justification_002c-ragged-right-87">Justification, ragged right</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Labelled-lists_002c-creating-68">Labelled lists, creating</a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-LaTeX-overview-2">LaTeX overview</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Layout-commands-51">Layout commands</a>: <a href="#Layout">Layout</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text-86">Left-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-82">Left-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Left_002dto_002dright-mode-288">Left-to-right mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-adding-to-185">Lengths, adding to</a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-a-new-181">Lengths, defining a new</a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-defining-and-using-179">Lengths, defining and using</a>: <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-predefined-189">Lengths, predefined</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lengths_002c-setting-value-of-183">Lengths, setting value of</a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-letter-class-44">letter class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Letters-195">Letters</a>: <a href="#Letters">Letters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-ending-201">Letters, ending</a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Letters_002c-starting-208">Letters, starting</a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Line-Breaking-215">Line Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Line-breaks-231">Line breaks</a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lines-in-tables-144">Lines in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops-128">Lining text up in columns using tab stops</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lining-text-up-in-tables-145">Lining text up in tables</a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items-97">Lists of items</a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-generic-100">Lists of items, generic</a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Lists-of-items_002c-numbered-70">Lists of items, numbered</a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Loading-additional-packages-48">Loading additional packages</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-414">Low-level font commands</a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-LR-mode-289">LR mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Making-a-title-page-163">Making a title page</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Making-paragraphs-241">Making paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Margin-Notes-249">Margin Notes</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-Formulae-252">Math Formulae</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-mode-287">Math mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-entering-254">Math mode, entering</a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Math-mode_002c-spacing-269">Math mode, spacing</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Maths-Miscellany-274">Maths Miscellany</a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Maths-symbols-265">Maths symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Minipage_002c-creating-a-104">Minipage, creating a</a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Modes-285">Modes</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Multicolumn-text-56">Multicolumn text</a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-218">New line, starting</a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-New-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029-233">New line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-New-Page-235">New Page</a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Notes-in-the-margin-250">Notes in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Options_002c-global-50">Options, global</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Overview-of-LaTeX-1">Overview of LaTeX</a>: <a href="#Overview">Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Packages_002c-loading-47">Packages, loading</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-break_002c-forcing-239">Page break, forcing</a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-Breaking-214">Page Breaking</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-Formatting-216">Page Formatting</a>: <a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">Line &amp; Page Breaking</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-numbering-303">Page numbering</a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Page-styles-291">Page styles</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Paragraph-mode-286">Paragraph mode</a>: <a href="#Modes">Modes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Paragraph_002c-starting-a-new-248">Paragraph, starting a new</a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Paragraphs-242">Paragraphs</a>: <a href="#Making-Paragraphs">Making Paragraphs</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Pictures_002c-creating-107">Pictures, creating</a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Poetry_002c-an-environment-for-174">Poetry, an environment for</a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Predefined-lengths-190">Predefined lengths</a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Programs_002c-typesetting-169">Programs, typesetting</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying-121">Quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Quoted-text_002c-displaying-124">Quoted text, displaying</a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text-92">Ragged left text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for-89">Ragged left text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text-85">Ragged right text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for-83">Ragged right text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Remarks-in-the-margin-251">Remarks in the margin</a>: <a href="#Margin-Notes">Margin Notes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-report-class-42">report class</a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Reserved-Characters-344">Reserved Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text-94">Right-justifying text</a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for-90">Right-justifying text, environment for</a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Sectioning-308">Sectioning</a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Simulating-typed-text-167">Simulating typed text</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Sizes-of-text-403">Sizes of text</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Space_002c-inserting-vertical-324">Space, inserting vertical</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Spaces-316">Spaces</a>: <a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">Spaces &amp; Boxes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Spacing_002c-within-Math-mode-268">Spacing, within Math mode</a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Special-Characters-342">Special Characters</a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Splitting-the-input-file-349">Splitting the input file</a>: <a href="#Splitting-the-Input">Splitting the Input</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Starting-_0026-Ending-354">Starting &amp; Ending</a>: <a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">Starting &amp; Ending</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Starting-on-a--right_002dhand-page-222">Starting on a right-hand page</a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Styles-of-text-371">Styles of text</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Styles_002c-page-290">Styles, page</a>: <a href="#Page-Styles">Page Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Subscript-262">Subscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Superscript-261">Superscript</a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Symbols-266">Symbols</a>: <a href="#Math-Symbols">Math Symbols</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Tab-stops_002c-using-127">Tab stops, using</a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Table-of-Contents_002c-creating-356">Table of Contents, creating</a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Tables_002c-creating-141">Tables, creating</a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Terminal-Input_002fOutput-364">Terminal Input/Output</a>: <a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">Terminal Input/Output</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Thanks_002c-for-titlepage-299">Thanks, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-defining-34">Theorems, defining</a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Theorems_002c-typesetting-161">Theorems, typesetting</a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Title-making-292">Title making</a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Title-pages_002c-creating-164">Title pages, creating</a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Title_002c-for-titlepage-301">Title, for titlepage</a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typed-text_002c-simulating-168">Typed text, simulating</a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Sizes-402">Typeface Sizes</a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typeface-Styles-370">Typeface Styles</a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Typefaces-367">Typefaces</a>: <a href="#Typefaces">Typefaces</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Using-BibTeX-155">Using BibTeX</a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Variables_002c-a-list-of-4">Variables, a list of</a>: <a href="#Counters">Counters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Verbatim-text-172">Verbatim text</a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-Vertical-space_002c-inserting-323">Vertical space, inserting</a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li>
+</ul><!-- LEVEL1 -->
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Command-Index"></a>Previous:&nbsp;<a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>,
+Up:&nbsp;<a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
+</div>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h2 class="unnumbered">Command Index</h2>
+
+
+
+<ul class="index-fn" compact>
+<li><a href="#index-_0024-259"><code>$</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0021-273"><code>\!</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0027-_0028tabbing_0029-134"><code>\' (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0028-255"><code>\(</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0029-256"><code>\)</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002b-132"><code>\+</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002c-272"><code>\,</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029-219"><code>\- (hyphenation)</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_002d-_0028tabbing_0029-133"><code>\- (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003b-270"><code>\;</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003c-131"><code>\&lt;</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003d-129"><code>\=</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_003e-130"><code>\&gt;</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_005b-257"><code>\[</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_005c-217"><code>\\</code></a>: <a href="#_005c_005c">\\</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_005d-258"><code>\]</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Formulae">Math Formulae</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005c_0060-_0028tabbing_0029-135"><code>\` (tabbing)</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ca-139"><code>\a</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline-361"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddress-197"><code>\address</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddress">\address</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents-362"><code>\addtocontents</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter-5"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddtolength-184"><code>\addtolength</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005caddvspace-322"><code>\addvspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cAlph-7"><code>\Alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005calph-6"><code>\alph</code></a>: <a href="#_005calph">\alph</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cappendix-314"><code>\appendix</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005carabic-8"><code>\arabic</code></a>: <a href="#_005carabic">\arabic</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cauthor-294"><code>\author</code></a>: <a href="#_005cauthor">\author</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbackslash-346"><code>\backslash</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbegin-58"><code>\begin</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbfseries-380"><code>\bfseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbibitem-152"><code>\bibitem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliography-159"><code>\bibliography</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbibliographystyle-158"><code>\bibliographystyle</code></a>: <a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cbigskip-325"><code>\bigskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cbigskip">\bigskip</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccaption-80"><code>\caption</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccc-198"><code>\cc</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccc">\cc</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccdots-275"><code>\cdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccentering-64"><code>\centering</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccentering">\centering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cchapter-309"><code>\chapter</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccircle-108"><code>\circle</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccircle">\circle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccite-153"><code>\cite</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccite">\cite</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage-221"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cclearpage-223"><code>\clearpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ccline-146"><code>\cline</code></a>: <a href="#_005ccline">\cline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cclosing-200"><code>\closing</code></a>: <a href="#_005cclosing">\closing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cCOLON-271"><code>\COLON</code></a>: <a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">Spacing in Math Mode</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdashbox-109"><code>\dashbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdashbox">\dashbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdate-296"><code>\date</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdate">\date</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cddots-276"><code>\ddots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdepth-193"><code>\depth</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass-45"><code>\documentclass</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cdotfill-318"><code>\dotfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cdotfill">\dotfill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cemph-376"><code>\emph</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cencl-202"><code>\encl</code></a>: <a href="#_005cencl">\encl</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cend-59"><code>\end</code></a>: <a href="#Environments">Environments</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cenlargethispage-225"><code>\enlargethispage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfbox-330"><code>\fbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfbox">\fbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom-52"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol-9"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfnsymbol">\fnsymbol</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding-416"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily-417"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontseries-418"><code>\fontseries</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontshape-419"><code>\fontshape</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfontsize-420"><code>\fontsize</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnote-176"><code>\footnote</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotemark-177"><code>\footnotemark</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotesize-406"><code>\footnotesize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfootnotetext-178"><code>\footnotetext</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfootnotetext">\footnotetext</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfrac-277"><code>\frac</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cframe-110"><code>\frame</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframe">\frame</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-111"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cframebox-331"><code>\framebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cframebox">\framebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cfussy-227"><code>\fussy</code></a>: <a href="#_005cfussy">\fussy</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cheight-192"><code>\height</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chfill-319"><code>\hfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chfill">\hfill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chline-147"><code>\hline</code></a>: <a href="#_005chline">\hline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chrulefill-320"><code>\hrulefill</code></a>: <a href="#_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chspace-321"><code>\hspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005chspace">\hspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chuge-412"><code>\huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cHuge-413"><code>\Huge</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005chyphenation-228"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>: <a href="#_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cinclude-351"><code>\include</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinclude">\include</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cincludeonly-352"><code>\includeonly</code></a>: <a href="#_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cindent-243"><code>\indent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cindent">\indent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cinput-353"><code>\input</code></a>: <a href="#_005cinput">\input</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005citem-96"><code>\item</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005citshape-375"><code>\itshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ckill-136"><code>\kill</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clabel-22"><code>\label</code></a>: <a href="#_005clabel">\label</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cLarge-410"><code>\Large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clarge-409"><code>\large</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cLARGE-411"><code>\LARGE</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cldots-278"><code>\ldots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clefteqn-74"><code>\lefteqn</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cline-112"><code>\line</code></a>: <a href="#_005cline">\line</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clinebreak-230"><code>\linebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinebreak">\linebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clinethickness-113"><code>\linethickness</code></a>: <a href="#_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clistoffigures-358"><code>\listoffigures</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clistoftables-359"><code>\listoftables</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005clocation-204"><code>\location</code></a>: <a href="#_005clocation">\location</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-333"><code>\makebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox">\makebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029-114"><code>\makebox (picture)</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmakelabels-205"><code>\makelabels</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmaketitle-293"><code>\maketitle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkboth-305"><code>\markboth</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkboth">\markboth</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmarkright-306"><code>\markright</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmarkright">\markright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathbf-394"><code>\mathbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathcal-399"><code>\mathcal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathit-397"><code>\mathit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal-398"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathrm-393"><code>\mathrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathsf-395"><code>\mathsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathtt-396"><code>\mathtt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmathversion-400"><code>\mathversion</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmbox-334"><code>\mbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmbox">\mbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmdseries-378"><code>\mdseries</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmedskip-326"><code>\medskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmedskip">\medskip</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmulticolumn-148"><code>\multicolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmulticolumn">\multicolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cmultiput-115"><code>\multiput</code></a>: <a href="#_005cmultiput">\multiput</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cname-206"><code>\name</code></a>: <a href="#_005cname">\name</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand-27"><code>\newcommand</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewcounter-10"><code>\newcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewenvironment-30"><code>\newenvironment</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewfont-36"><code>\newfont</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewlength-180"><code>\newlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewline-232"><code>\newline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewline">\newline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewpage-234"><code>\newpage</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox-335"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem-33"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnocite-154"><code>\nocite</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnocite">\nocite</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnofiles-360"><code>\nofiles</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnoindent-245"><code>\noindent</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnoindent">\noindent</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnolinebreak-236"><code>\nolinebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnopagebreak-237"><code>\nopagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalfont-392"><code>\normalfont</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cnormalsize-408"><code>\normalsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005conecolumn-53"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005copening-207"><code>\opening</code></a>: <a href="#_005copening">\opening</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005coval-116"><code>\oval</code></a>: <a href="#_005coval">\oval</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005coverbrace-279"><code>\overbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005coverline-280"><code>\overline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak-238"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering-302"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpageref-23"><code>\pageref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpageref">\pageref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpagestyle-304"><code>\pagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpar-247"><code>\par</code></a>: <a href="#_005cpar">\par</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cparagraph-312"><code>\paragraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cparbox-336"><code>\parbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cparbox">\parbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpoptabs-138"><code>\poptabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cps-209"><code>\ps</code></a>: <a href="#_005cps">\ps</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cpushtabs-137"><code>\pushtabs</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cput-117"><code>\put</code></a>: <a href="#_005cput">\put</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craggedbottom-54"><code>\raggedbottom</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craggedleft-91"><code>\raggedleft</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craggedright-84"><code>\raggedright</code></a>: <a href="#_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005craisebox-337"><code>\raisebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005craisebox">\raisebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cref-25"><code>\ref</code></a>: <a href="#_005cref">\ref</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter-12"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005crmfamily-373"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005croman-13"><code>\roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cRoman-14"><code>\Roman</code></a>: <a href="#_005croman">\roman</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005crule-338"><code>\rule</code></a>: <a href="#_005crule">\rule</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csavebox-339"><code>\savebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csavebox">\savebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csbox-340"><code>\sbox</code></a>: <a href="#_005csbox">\sbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cscriptsize-405"><code>\scriptsize</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cscshape-388"><code>\scshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cselectfont-421"><code>\selectfont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csetcounter-16"><code>\setcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csetlength-182"><code>\setlength</code></a>: <a href="#_005csetlength">\setlength</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csettodepth-186"><code>\settodepth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csettoheight-187"><code>\settoheight</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csettowidth-188"><code>\settowidth</code></a>: <a href="#_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csffamily-386"><code>\sffamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cshortstack-118"><code>\shortstack</code></a>: <a href="#_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csignature-210"><code>\signature</code></a>: <a href="#_005csignature">\signature</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csloppy-240"><code>\sloppy</code></a>: <a href="#_005csloppy">\sloppy</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cslshape-384"><code>\slshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csmall-407"><code>\small</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csmallskip-327"><code>\smallskip</code></a>: <a href="#_005csmallskip">\smallskip</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csqrt-281"><code>\sqrt</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cstartbreaks-211"><code>\startbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter-15"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cstopbreaks-212"><code>\stopbreaks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csubparagraph-313"><code>\subparagraph</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csubsection-311"><code>\subsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csubsubsection-310"><code>\subsubsection</code></a>: <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005csymbol-347"><code>\symbol</code></a>: <a href="#Special-Characters">Special Characters</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctableofcontents-357"><code>\tableofcontents</code></a>: <a href="#Table-of-Contents">Table of Contents</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctelephone-213"><code>\telephone</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextbf-379"><code>\textbf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextit-374"><code>\textit</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextmd-377"><code>\textmd</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextnormal-391"><code>\textnormal</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextrm-372"><code>\textrm</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsc-387"><code>\textsc</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsf-385"><code>\textsf</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextsl-383"><code>\textsl</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctexttt-389"><code>\texttt</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctextup-381"><code>\textup</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cthanks-298"><code>\thanks</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthanks">\thanks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cthispagestyle-307"><code>\thispagestyle</code></a>: <a href="#_005cthispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctiny-404"><code>\tiny</code></a>: <a href="#Sizes">Sizes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctitle-300"><code>\title</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctitle">\title</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctoday-165"><code>\today</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctotalheight-194"><code>\totalheight</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cttfamily-390"><code>\ttfamily</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctwocolumn-55"><code>\twocolumn</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctypein-365"><code>\typein</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypein">\typein</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005ctypeout-366"><code>\typeout</code></a>: <a href="#_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace-282"><code>\underbrace</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cunderline-283"><code>\underline</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cupshape-382"><code>\upshape</code></a>: <a href="#Styles">Styles</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusebox-341"><code>\usebox</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusebox">\usebox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusecounter-18"><code>\usecounter</code></a>: <a href="#_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusefont-422"><code>\usefont</code></a>: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cusepackage-46"><code>\usepackage</code></a>: <a href="#Document-Classes">Document Classes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvalue-19"><code>\value</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvalue">\value</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvdots-284"><code>\vdots</code></a>: <a href="#Math-Miscellany">Math Miscellany</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvector-119"><code>\vector</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvector">\vector</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cverb-171"><code>\verb</code></a>: <a href="#_005cverb">\verb</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvfill-328"><code>\vfill</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvfill">\vfill</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvline-149"><code>\vline</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvline">\vline</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cvspace-329"><code>\vspace</code></a>: <a href="#_005cvspace">\vspace</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005cwidth-191"><code>\width</code></a>: <a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005e-264"><code>^</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-_005f-263"><code>_</code></a>: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-array-61"><code>array</code></a>: <a href="#array">array</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-center-62"><code>center</code></a>: <a href="#center">center</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-description-67"><code>description</code></a>: <a href="#description">description</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-enumerate-69"><code>enumerate</code></a>: <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-eqnarray-71"><code>eqnarray</code></a>: <a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-equation-75"><code>equation</code></a>: <a href="#equation">equation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-figure-78"><code>figure</code></a>: <a href="#figure">figure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-flushleft-81"><code>flushleft</code></a>: <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-flushright-88"><code>flushright</code></a>: <a href="#flushright">flushright</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-itemize-95"><code>itemize</code></a>: <a href="#itemize">itemize</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-letter-98"><code>letter</code></a>: <a href="#letter">letter</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-list-99"><code>list</code></a>: <a href="#list">list</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-lrbox-332"><code>lrbox</code></a>: <a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-minipage-101"><code>minipage</code></a>: <a href="#minipage">minipage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-picture-105"><code>picture</code></a>: <a href="#picture">picture</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-quotation-120"><code>quotation</code></a>: <a href="#quotation">quotation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-quote-123"><code>quote</code></a>: <a href="#quote">quote</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-tabbing-126"><code>tabbing</code></a>: <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-table-140"><code>table</code></a>: <a href="#table">table</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-tabular-143"><code>tabular</code></a>: <a href="#tabular">tabular</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-thebibliography-150"><code>thebibliography</code></a>: <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-theorem-160"><code>theorem</code></a>: <a href="#theorem">theorem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-titlepage-162"><code>titlepage</code></a>: <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-verbatim-166"><code>verbatim</code></a>: <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></li>
+<li><a href="#index-verse-173"><code>verse</code></a>: <a href="#verse">verse</a></li>
+ </ul>
+<div class="contents">
+<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a name="toc_Overview" href="#Overview">1 Overview of LaTeX and Local Guide</a>
+<li><a name="toc_Commands" href="#Commands">2 Commands</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#Counters">2.1 Counters</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005caddtocounter">2.1.1 \addtocounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005calph">2.1.2 \alph</a>
+<li><a href="#_005carabic">2.1.3 \arabic</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfnsymbol">2.1.4 \fnsymbol</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewcounter">2.1.5 \newcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005crefstepcounter">2.1.6 \refstepcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005croman">2.1.7 \roman</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cstepcounter">2.1.8 \stepcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csetcounter">2.1.9 \setcounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cusecounter">2.1.10 \usecounter</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvalue">2.1.11 \value</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Cross-References">2.2 Cross References</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005clabel">2.2.1 \label</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpageref">2.2.2 \pageref</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cref">2.2.3 \ref</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Definitions">2.3 Definitions</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewcommand">2.3.1 \newcommand</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewenvironment">2.3.2 \newenvironment</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewtheorem">2.3.3 \newtheorem</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewfont">2.3.4 \newfont</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Document-Classes">2.4 Document Classes</a>
+<li><a href="#Layout">2.5 Layout</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cflushbottom">2.5.1 \flushbottom</a>
+<li><a href="#_005conecolumn">2.5.2 \onecolumn</a>
+<li><a href="#_005craggedbottom">2.5.3 \raggedbottom</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctwocolumn">2.5.4 \twocolumn</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Environments">2.6 Environments</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#array">2.6.1 array</a>
+<li><a href="#center">2.6.2 center</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ccentering">2.6.2.1 \centering</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#description">2.6.3 description</a>
+<li><a href="#enumerate">2.6.4 enumerate</a>
+<li><a href="#eqnarray">2.6.5 eqnarray</a>
+<li><a href="#equation">2.6.6 equation</a>
+<li><a href="#figure">2.6.7 figure</a>
+<li><a href="#flushleft">2.6.8 flushleft</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005craggedright">2.6.8.1 \raggedright</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#flushright">2.6.9 flushright</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005craggedleft">2.6.9.1 \raggedleft</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#itemize">2.6.10 itemize</a>
+<li><a href="#letter">2.6.11 letter</a>
+<li><a href="#list">2.6.12 list</a>
+<li><a href="#minipage">2.6.13 minipage</a>
+<li><a href="#picture">2.6.14 picture</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ccircle">2.6.14.1 \circle</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cdashbox">2.6.14.2 \dashbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cframe">2.6.14.3 \frame</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.4 \framebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cline">2.6.14.5 \line</a>
+<li><a href="#_005clinethickness">2.6.14.6 \linethickness</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">2.6.14.7 \makebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmultiput">2.6.14.8 \multiput</a>
+<li><a href="#_005coval">2.6.14.9 \oval</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cput">2.6.14.10 \put</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cshortstack">2.6.14.11 \shortstack</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvector">2.6.14.12 \vector</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#quotation">2.6.15 quotation</a>
+<li><a href="#quote">2.6.16 quote</a>
+<li><a href="#tabbing">2.6.17 tabbing</a>
+<li><a href="#table">2.6.18 table</a>
+<li><a href="#tabular">2.6.19 tabular</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ccline">2.6.19.1 \cline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chline">2.6.19.2 \hline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmulticolumn">2.6.19.3 \multicolumn</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvline">2.6.19.4 \vline</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#thebibliography">2.6.20 thebibliography</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cbibitem">2.6.20.1 \bibitem</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ccite">2.6.20.2 \cite</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnocite">2.6.20.3 \nocite</a>
+<li><a href="#Using-BibTeX">2.6.20.4 Using BibTeX</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#theorem">2.6.21 theorem</a>
+<li><a href="#titlepage">2.6.22 titlepage</a>
+<li><a href="#verbatim">2.6.23 verbatim</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cverb">2.6.23.1 \verb</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#verse">2.6.24 verse</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Footnotes">2.7 Footnotes</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cfootnote">2.7.1 \footnote</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfootnotemark">2.7.2 \footnotemark</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfootnotetext">2.7.3 \footnotetext</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Lengths">2.8 Lengths</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewlength">2.8.1 \newlength</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csetlength">2.8.2 \setlength</a>
+<li><a href="#_005caddtolength">2.8.3 \addtolength</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csettodepth">2.8.4 \settodepth</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csettoheight">2.8.5 \settoheight</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csettowidth">2.8.6 \settowidth</a>
+<li><a href="#Predefined-lengths">2.8.7 Predefined lengths</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Letters">2.9 Letters</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005caddress">2.9.1 \address</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ccc">2.9.2 \cc</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cclosing">2.9.3 \closing</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cencl">2.9.4 \encl</a>
+<li><a href="#_005clocation">2.9.5 \location</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmakelabels">2.9.6 \makelabels</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cname">2.9.7 \name</a>
+<li><a href="#_005copening">2.9.8 \opening</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cps">2.9.9 \ps</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csignature">2.9.10 \signature</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cstartbreaks">2.9.11 \startbreaks</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cstopbreaks">2.9.12 \stopbreaks</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctelephone">2.9.13 \telephone</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Line-_0026-Page-Breaking">2.10 Line &amp; Page Breaking</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005c_005c">2.10.1 \\</a>
+<li><a href="#_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">2.10.2 \-</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ccleardoublepage">2.10.3 \cleardoublepage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cclearpage">2.10.4 \clearpage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cenlargethispage">2.10.5 \enlargethispage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfussy">2.10.6 \fussy</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chyphenation">2.10.7 \hyphenation</a>
+<li><a href="#_005clinebreak">2.10.8 \linebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewline">2.10.9 \newline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewpage">2.10.10 \newpage</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnolinebreak">2.10.11 \nolinebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnopagebreak">2.10.12 \nopagebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpagebreak">2.10.13 \pagebreak</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csloppy">2.10.14 \sloppy</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Making-Paragraphs">2.11 Making Paragraphs</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cindent">2.11.1 \indent</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnoindent">2.11.2 \noindent</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpar">2.11.3 \par</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Margin-Notes">2.12 Margin Notes</a>
+<li><a href="#Math-Formulae">2.13 Math Formulae</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-Superscripts">2.13.1 Subscripts &amp; Superscripts</a>
+<li><a href="#Math-Symbols">2.13.2 Math Symbols</a>
+<li><a href="#Spacing-in-Math-Mode">2.13.3 Spacing in Math Mode</a>
+<li><a href="#Math-Miscellany">2.13.4 Math Miscellany</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Modes">2.14 Modes</a>
+<li><a href="#Page-Styles">2.15 Page Styles</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cmaketitle">2.15.1 \maketitle</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cauthor">2.15.2 \author</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cdate">2.15.3 \date</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cthanks">2.15.4 \thanks</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctitle">2.15.5 \title</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpagenumbering">2.15.6 \pagenumbering</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cpagestyle">2.15.7 \pagestyle</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmarkboth">2.15.8 \markboth</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmarkright">2.15.9 \markright</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cthispagestyle">2.15.10 \thispagestyle</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Sectioning">2.16 Sectioning</a>
+<li><a href="#Spaces-_0026-Boxes">2.17 Spaces &amp; Boxes</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cdotfill">2.17.1 \dotfill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chfill">2.17.2 \hfill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chrulefill">2.17.3 \hrulefill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005chspace">2.17.4 \hspace</a>
+<li><a href="#_005caddvspace">2.17.5 \addvspace</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cbigskip">2.17.6 \bigskip</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmedskip">2.17.7 \medskip</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csmallskip">2.17.8 \smallskip</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvfill">2.17.9 \vfill</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cvspace">2.17.10 \vspace</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cfbox">2.17.11 \fbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cframebox">2.17.12 \framebox</a>
+<li><a href="#lrbox">2.17.13 lrbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmakebox">2.17.14 \makebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cmbox">2.17.15 \mbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cnewsavebox">2.17.16 \newsavebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cparbox">2.17.17 \parbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005craisebox">2.17.18 \raisebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005crule">2.17.19 \rule</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csavebox">2.17.20 \savebox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005csbox">2.17.21 \sbox</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cusebox">2.17.22 \usebox</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Special-Characters">2.18 Special Characters</a>
+<li><a href="#Splitting-the-Input">2.19 Splitting the Input</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005cinclude">2.19.1 \include</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cincludeonly">2.19.2 \includeonly</a>
+<li><a href="#_005cinput">2.19.3 \input</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Starting-_0026-Ending">2.20 Starting &amp; Ending</a>
+<li><a href="#Table-of-Contents">2.21 Table of Contents</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005caddcontentsline">2.21.1 \addcontentsline</a>
+<li><a href="#_005caddtocontents">2.21.2 \addtocontents</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Terminal-Input_002fOutput">2.22 Terminal Input/Output</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#_005ctypein">2.22.1 \typein</a>
+<li><a href="#_005ctypeout">2.22.2 \typeout</a>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a href="#Typefaces">2.23 Typefaces</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#Styles">2.23.1 \Styles</a>
+<li><a href="#Sizes">2.23.2 Sizes</a>
+<li><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">2.23.3 Low-level font commands</a>
+</li></ul>
+</li></ul>
+<li><a name="toc_Parameters" href="#Parameters">3 Parameters</a>
+<li><a name="toc_Concept-Index" href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>
+<li><a name="toc_Command-Index" href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>
+</li></ul>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f8a41d1728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/latex/base/latex2e.pdf
Binary files differ